Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC - FORM 10-K

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC - FORM 10-K - February 28, 2017

Attached files

Attached files

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC Reports

file	filename
EX-99.(32) - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER - Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC	d311672dex9932.htm
EX-99.(31)(2) - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER - Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC	d311672dex99312.htm
EX-99.(31)(1) - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER - Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC	d311672dex99311.htm
EX-99.(14)(2) - CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS - Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC	d311672dex99142.htm
EX-99.(14)(1) - CODE OF ETHICS OF THE REGISTRANT - Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC	d311672dex99141.htm

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 000-55660

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



Delaware		81-3233378
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 West Street, New York, New York		10282
(Address of Principal Executive Office)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (212) 902-0300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None


Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Limited Liability Company Common Units

Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, If Changed Since Last Report. Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).YES ☐ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer:	☐	Accelerated filer:	☐
Non-accelerated filer:	☒(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company:	☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐ NO ☒

As of June 30, 2016, there was no established public market for the registrant’s limited liability company common units outstanding. The number of the registrant’s limited liability company common units outstanding as of February 28, 2017 was 2,142,978.

GOLDMAN SACHS PRIVATE MIDDLE MARKET CREDIT LLC

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K for

the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016


		PAGE
PART I.			4
ITEM 1.	Business		4
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors		29
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		55
ITEM 2.	Properties		55
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings		55
ITEM 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		55

PART II.			56
ITEM 5.	Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		56
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data		58
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		59
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		73
ITEM 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		74
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		101
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures		101
ITEM 9B.	Other Information		101

PART III.			102
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		102
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation		109
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		109
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		110
ITEM 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		111

PART IV.			113
ITEM 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		113

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. You can identify these statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “target,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue” or “believe” or the negatives of, or other variations on, these terms or comparable terminology. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our plans, strategies, prospects and expectations concerning our business, operating results, financial condition and other similar matters. We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. Our forward-looking statements include information in this report regarding general domestic and global economic conditions, our future financing plans, our ability to operate as a business development company (“BDC”) and the expected performance of, and the yield on, our portfolio companies. There may be events in the future, however, that we are not able to predict accurately or control. The factors listed under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as any cautionary language in this report, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. The occurrence of the events described in these risk factors and elsewhere in this report could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this report speaks only as of the date of this report. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ, from our forward-looking statements may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. Under Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following factors are among those that may cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:

•

our future operating results;

•

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets;

•

uncertainty surrounding financial and political stability of the U.S., the European Union and China;

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

•

the impact of increased competition;

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

•

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

•

the ability of our prospective portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

•

the relative and absolute performance of our investment adviser;

•

our expected financings and investments;

•

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

•

our ability to make distributions;

•

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

•

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

•

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

•

the effect of changes in tax laws and regulations and interpretations thereof;

•

our ability to maintain our status as a BDC and a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

•

actual and potential conflicts of interest with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and its affiliates;

•

the ability of our investment adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

•

the impact on our business from new or amended legislation or regulations; and

•

the availability of credit and our ability to access the credit markets.

PART I.

Unless indicated otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the context so requires, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC, a BDC. The terms “GSAM,” our “Adviser” or our “Investment Adviser” refer to Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. The term “Group Inc.” refers to The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The term “Goldman Sachs” refers to Group Inc., together with Goldman, Sachs & Co., GSAM and its other subsidiaries and affiliates. Goldman Sachs advises clients in all markets and transactions and purchases, sells, holds and recommends a broad array of investments for its own accounts and for the accounts of clients and of its personnel, through client accounts and the relationships and products it sponsors, manages and advises (such Goldman Sachs or other client accounts (including us, Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., a BDC (“GS BDC”) and Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp. (“GS MMLC”)), relationships and products, collectively, the “Accounts”). The Investment Adviser, through the GSAM Private Credit Group, manages certain Accounts, including GS BDC, GS MMLC and may manage one or more additional BDCs (the “Other BDCs and Related Entities”).

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The Company

We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). In addition, we intend to elect to be treated and expect to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016. From our commencement of investment operations on July 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, we originated $209.65 million in aggregate principal amount of debt and equity investments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments. “Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different lenders in the unitranche loan. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first out” portion of such loan and retain the “last out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder over the “last out” portion that we would continue to hold. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last out” portion earns a higher interest rate. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same portfolio company.

We expect to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes), directly or indirectly in private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments. We define “credit obligations and related instruments” for this purpose as any fixed-income instrument, including loans to, and bonds and preferred stock of, portfolio companies and other instruments that provide exposure to such fixed-income instruments. “Middle market” is used to refer to companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of between $5 million and $75 million annually. While, as a result of fluctuations in the net asset value (“NAV”) of one asset relative to another asset, private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments may represent less than 80% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) at any time, we may not invest, under normal circumstances, more than 20% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities and other instruments that are not private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments. To the extent we determine to invest indirectly in private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments, we may invest through certain synthetic instruments, including derivatives, that have similar economic characteristics to private middle-market credit obligations. For purposes of determining compliance with our 80% policy, each applicable derivative instrument will be valued based upon its market value. We will notify unitholders at least 60 days prior to any change to the 80% investment policy described above.

We do not currently intend to invest more than 15% of our net assets in entities that rely on the exclusions from the definition of an “investment company” in Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, although we may exceed that level from time to time. However, to the extent we invest in such entities, we undertake to comply with any applicable disclosure requirements related to the fees and expenses indirectly incurred by us as a result of such investments.

Investment Strategy

Our principal investment strategy is to invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, predominantly through direct origination. Our origination strategy focuses on leading the negotiation and structuring of the loans or securities in which we invest and holding the investments in our portfolio to maturity. In many cases we are the sole investor in the loan or security in our portfolio. Where there are multiple investors, we generally seek to control or obtain significant influence over the rights of investors in the loan or security. Our investments typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally we expect our investments to range in size between $10 million and $75 million, although we may make larger or smaller investments on occasion.

Investment Portfolio

As of December 31, 2016, our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $138.31 million) consisted of the following:


	December 31, 2016
Investment Type	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio at Fair Value
	($ in millions)
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	43.63	$	43.55		21.8	%
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		23.54		23.52		11.8
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt		126.08		126.44		63.4
Unsecured Debt		3.33		3.33		1.7
Preferred Stock		2.50		2.50		1.3
Warrants		0.10		0.10		0.0

Total Investments	$	199.18	$	199.44		100.0	%

As of December 31, 2016, our portfolio consisted of 16 investments in 10 portfolio companies across 9 different industries. The largest industries in our portfolio, based on fair value as of December 31, 2016, were Diversified Financial Services, Insurance, and Software, which represented 19.7%, 13.8% and 12.5%, respectively, of our portfolio at fair value.

The geographic composition of our portfolio at fair value at December 31, 2016 was United States 100%.

As of December 31, 2016, the weighted average yield on our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.), at cost and fair value, were as follows:


	December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost			Fair Value
Weighted Average Yield⁽¹⁾
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt⁽²⁾		10.0	%		10.1	%
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche⁽²⁾		10.2	%		10.2	%
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt⁽²⁾		10.2	%		10.2	%
Unsecured Debt		13.8	%		13.8	%
Preferred Stock⁽²⁾		0.0	%		0.0	%
Warrants⁽²⁾		0.0	%		0.0	%
Total Portfolio⁽²⁾		10.1	%		10.1	%

⁽¹⁾

The weighted average yield of our portfolio does not represent the total return to our unitholders.

⁽²⁾

Computed based on the (a) annual stated interest rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the performing debt and other income producing investments, divided by (b) the total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments) at amortized cost or fair value, respectively.

The following table presents certain selected information regarding our investment portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of December 31, 2016:


	December 31, 2016
Number of portfolio companies		10
Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate⁽¹⁾		91.3	%
Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate^{(1) (2)}		8.7	%
Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA)⁽³⁾		5.0x
Weighted average interest coverage⁽³⁾		2.9x
Median EBITDA⁽⁴⁾	$	14.95 million

⁽¹⁾

Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments, if any, placed on non-accrual status.

⁽²⁾

Includes income producing preferred stock investments.

⁽³⁾

For a particular portfolio company, EBITDA typically represents net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The weighted average net debt to EBITDA represents the weighted average ratio of our portfolio companies’ debt (net of cash), including all of our investment and the amount of debt senior to us, to our portfolio companies’ EBITDA. Weighted average net debt to EBITDA and median EBITDA have been calculated as a percentage of debt investments and income producing preferred stock investments, excluding collateral loans and preferred stock investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk. The weighted average interest coverage ratio (EBITDA to total interest expense) of our portfolio companies reflects our performing portfolio companies’ EBITDA as a multiple of interest expense and has been calculated as a percentage of performing debt investments and income producing preferred stock investments, excluding collateral loans and preferred stock investments where EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk. Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the respective reported end date. Portfolio company statistics have not been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount.

Floating rates are primarily London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread.

Corporate Structure

We were formed as a Delaware limited partnership on December 23, 2015 with the name Private Middle Market Credit LP, and were converted to a Delaware limited liability company on April 4, 2016, at which time our name was changed to Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC. We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. In addition, we intend to elect to be treated and expect to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016.

Formation Transactions and Private Offering

We are engaged in a continuous private offering of common units of our limited liability company interests (the “Units”). Investors acquiring Units in the private offering will each enter into a subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which the investor will agree to purchase Units for an aggregate purchase price equal to the portion of its requested capital commitment to us that we accepted (its “Commitment”). Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, a prospective purchaser of Units will agree that, if its subscription to purchase Units is accepted, it will become a “Unitholder” bound by the terms of the Subscription Agreement and, our limited liability company agreement (as amended and restated from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”), including the obligation to contribute a specified amount of capital to us upon request. Each Unitholder will be required to make capital contributions (up to the amount of its undrawn Commitment) to purchase Units in respect of its Commitment each time we deliver a drawdown notice, which will be delivered in respect of such Commitment at least five business days (as defined in Rule 14d-1 of the Exchange Act) (“Business Days”) prior to the required funding date (the “Drawdown Date”). New Units will be issued on each Drawdown Date.

On May 6, 2016 (the “Initial Closing Date”), we began accepting Subscription Agreements from investors acquiring Units in our private offering. Credit Alternatives GP LLC (the “Initial Member”), an affiliate of our Investment Adviser, made a capital contribution to us of $100 on June 9, 2016 (inception) and served as our sole initial member. We cancelled the Initial Member’s interest in us on July 14, 2016, the first date on which investors (other than the Initial Member) made their initial capital contribution to purchase Units (the “Initial Drawdown Date”).

Unitholders are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions declared by the Board of Directors and are entitled to one vote for each Unit held on all matters submitted to a vote of the Unitholders.

Each purchaser of Units is required to represent that it is (i) either an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or, in the case of Units sold outside the United States, is not a “U.S. person” in accordance with Regulation S of the Securities Act and (ii) is acquiring the Units purchased by it for investment and not with a view to resale or distribution.

As of December 31, 2016, we had aggregate Commitments and undrawn Commitments from investors as follows:


	December 31, 2016
	Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		Unfunded Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		% of Capital Commitments Funded
Common Units	$	1,001.88	$	791.49		21	%

The following table summarizes the total Units issued and proceeds received related to capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the Subscription Agreements for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Unit Issue Date	Units Issued		Proceeds Received *($ in millions)*
July 14, 2016		310,360	$	31.04
July 15, 2016		4,000		0.40
August 23, 2016		160,219		15.72
September 15, 2016		1,206,924		117.88
November 28, 2016		461,475		45.36

Total capital drawdowns		2,142,978	$	210.40

Subsequent Closings

We may hold, and expect to hold, a limited number of closings subsequent to the Initial Closing Date (each date on which a subsequent closing is held, a “Subsequent Closing Date”). On November 1, 2016, our board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) approved an amendment and restatement of the LLC agreement and approved an extension of the final date on which we will accept Subscription Agreements (the “Final Closing Date”) to May 5, 2017.

As described below, upon or following the acceptance of an investor’s Commitment on any Subsequent Closing Date, such investor shall be required to purchase from us, on no less than five Business Days’ prior notice, a number of Units with an aggregate purchase price necessary to ensure that, upon payment of the aggregate purchase price for such Units by the investor, such investor’s Net Contributed Capital Percentage (as defined below) shall be equal to the Net Contributed Capital Percentage of each prior investor (other than any defaulting Unitholders or Unitholders who subscribed on prior Subsequent Closing Dates and have not yet funded the Adjusted Purchase Price) (the “Adjusted Purchase Price”). Such Units may be required to be purchased on any date on or following the applicable Subsequent Closing Date and on or prior to the next Drawdown Date (any such date, a “Catch-Up Date”). Any Unitholder increasing its Commitment on any Subsequent Closing Date shall be treated as if it were making a new Commitment to us.

“Net Contributed Capital” means, (i) the aggregate amount of capital contributions that have been made by all Unitholders in respect of their Units to us less (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions categorized as returned capital made by us to all Unitholders in respect of their Units. For the avoidance of doubt, Net Contributed Capital shall not take into account distributions of our investment income (i.e. proceeds received in respect of interest payments, dividends or fees) to the Unitholders. Net Contributed Capital with respect to a Unitholder shall be calculated on the basis of such Unitholder’s capital contributions and distributions made to such Unitholder categorized as returned capital.

“Net Contributed Capital Percentage” means, with respect to an investor, the percentage determined by dividing such investor’s Net Contributed Capital by such investor’s Commitment.

Upon payment of the Adjusted Purchase Price by all applicable investors on a Catch-Up Date, we shall issue to each such investor a number of Units determined by dividing (x) the Adjusted Purchase Price for such investor, minus the Organizational Expense Allocation (as defined below), divided by (y) the then-current NAV per Unit. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a Catch-Up Date and a Drawdown Date occur on the same calendar day, such Catch-Up Date (and the application of these provisions) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the relevant Drawdown Date. For purposes of this calculation, Units will be offered on a private placement basis at a price equal to our then-current NAV per Unit as of the end of the most recent calendar month prior to the date of the applicable drawdown notice or issuance date, subject to the limitations of Section 23 under the Investment Company Act (which generally prohibits us from issuing Units at a price below the then-current NAV of the Units as determined within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays, of such issuance, subject to certain exceptions).

“Organizational Expense Allocation” shall mean, with respect to an investor, the product obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is such investor’s Commitment and the denominator of which is the total Commitments received by us to date (including such investor’s Commitment), by (ii) the lesser of (a) a dollar amount equal to $500,000 or (b) the total amount of Organizational Expenses incurred by us.

“Organizational Expenses” shall mean expenses incurred in respect of legal services pertaining to our organization and formation, the drafting of the LLC Agreement, any administration, custody and transfer agent agreements, the performance of any research and consultation services in connection with the initial meeting of directors, and audit fees relating to the initial registration statement and auditing the initial seed capital statement of assets and liabilities.

At each Drawdown Date following any Subsequent Closing Date, all Unitholders, including Unitholders who entered into Subscription Agreements on such Subsequent Closing Date, shall purchase Units in accordance with the standard provisions for Drawdown Dates described above.

Below is an example that illustrates the calculations for purchase of Units at a Subsequent Drawdown Date:

•

Investor A makes a capital commitment of $1,000,000 as part of the Initial Closing Date.

•

50% of the capital commitment ($500,000) was called on the Initial Drawdown Date.

•

Initial offering price per Unit is $100.

•

The remaining 50% of the capital commitment ($500,000) was called on a subsequent Drawdown Date.


	Initial Drawdown		Offering Price per Unit		Units
Investor A	$	500,000	$	100.00		5,000

The following table illustrates the effect of changes in NAV on the number of Units purchased at a subsequent Drawdown Date, depending on whether the assumed NAV per unit was higher or lower than on the initial drawdown date.

The calculations in the table below are hypothetical, and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.


	Assumed NAV per Unit at Subsequent Drawdown Date
	$	90.00	$	95.00	$	100.00	$	105.00	$	110.00
Corresponding Units purchased		5,556		5,263		5,000		4,762		4,545

Total Units		10,556		10,263		10,000		9,762		9,545

Investment Period

Our investment period commenced on the Initial Closing Date and will continue until the second anniversary of the Final Closing Date, which will be May 5, 2017, provided that it may be extended by the Board of Directors, in its discretion, for one additional six-month period, and, with the approval of a majority-in-interest of the Unitholders, for up to one additional year thereafter (such period, including any extensions, the “Investment Period”). In addition, the Board of Directors may terminate the Investment Period at any time in its discretion.

Drawdowns may be issued at any time prior to the expiration of the Investment Period for any permitted purpose.

Following the end of the Investment Period, we will have the right to issue drawdowns only (i) to pay, and/or establish reserves for, actual or anticipated Company expenses, liabilities, including the payment or repayment of Financings (as defined below), or other obligations, contingent or otherwise (including the Management Fee), whether incurred before or after the end of the Investment Period, (ii) to fulfill investment commitments made or approved by the Investment Committee prior to the expiration of the Investment Period, (iii) to engage in hedging transactions or (iv) to make additional investments in existing portfolio companies (including transactions to hedge interest rate or currency risks related to such additional investment).

“Financings” are indebtedness for borrowed money (including through the issuance of notes and other evidence of indebtedness), other indebtedness, financings or extensions of credit.

Term

Our term will be seven years from the Final Closing Date, subject to the Board of Directors’ right to liquidate us at any time and to extend our term for up to two successive one year periods (the seven year period and successive extensions, the “Term”). Upon the request of the Board of Directors and the approval of a majority-in-interest of the Unitholders, our Term may be further extended.

We shall be dissolved (i) upon the expiration of our Term (as such Term may be extended pursuant to the above), (ii) at any time upon a decision of the Board of Directors, (iii) if there are no Unitholders, unless our business is continued in accordance with the LLC Agreement) or applicable law or (iv) upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under applicable law.

Our Investment Adviser

GSAM serves as our Investment Adviser. GSAM has been registered as an investment adviser with the SEC since 1990 and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc., a bank holding company. Goldman, Sachs & Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc., acts as our placement agent in connection with the offering of units to U.S. persons and Goldman Sachs International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc., acts as our placement agent in connection with the offering of units to non-U.S. persons (each, a “Placement Agent” and collectively, the “Placement Agents”).

Subject to the supervision of our Board of Directors, our Investment Adviser provides day-to-day advice regarding our portfolio transactions and is responsible for our business affairs and other administrative matters.

As a registered investment adviser under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), our Investment Adviser is required to file a Form ADV with the SEC. Form ADV contains information about assets under management, types of fee arrangements, types of investments, potential conflicts of interest and other relevant information regarding our Investment Adviser. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of our Investment Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov). A copy of Part 2B of our Investment Adviser’s Form ADV will be provided to Unitholders or prospective Unitholders upon request.

The GSAM Private Credit Group

The Private Credit Group of GSAM (the “GSAM Private Credit Group”) is responsible for identifying investment opportunities, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring and servicing our investments. The GSAM Private Credit Group was comprised of 17 investment professionals, as of December 31, 2016, all of whom are dedicated to the Company’s investment strategy and other funds that share a similar investment strategy with the Company. These professionals are supported by an additional 16 investment professionals, as of December 31, 2016, who are primarily focused on investment strategies in syndicated, liquid credit (together with the GSAM Private Credit Group, “GSAM Credit Alternatives”). These individuals may have additional responsibilities other than those relating to us, but generally allocate a portion of their time in support of our business and our investment objective as a whole. In addition, GSAM has risk management, legal, accounting, tax, information technology and compliance personnel, among others, who provide services to us. We benefit from the expertise provided by these personnel in our operations.

The GSAM Private Credit Group is dedicated primarily to private corporate credit investment opportunities in North America, and utilizes a bottom-up, fundamental research approach to lending. The senior members of the GSAM Private Credit Group have been working together since 2006 and have an average of over 17 years of experience in leveraged finance and private transactions.

All investment decisions are made by the Investment Committee of GSAM’s Private Credit Group (the “Investment Committee”), which currently consists of five voting members: Brendan McGovern, Salvatore Lentini, Jon Yoder, David Yu and Scott Turco, as well as three non-voting members with operational and/or legal expertise. For biographical information about the voting members of the Investment Committee, see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Biographical Information.” The Investment Committee is responsible for approving all of our investments. The Investment Committee also monitors investments in our portfolio and approves all asset dispositions. We expect to benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the investment professionals serving on the Investment Committee, which includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and private equity. The voting members of the Investment Committee collectively have over 50 years of experience in middle-market investment and activities related to middle-market investing. The membership of the Investment Committee may change from time to time.

Our investment objectives and investment strategies are similar to those of other client accounts managed by our Investment Adviser (including GS BDC and GS MMLC, collectively, the “Accounts”) and the joint venture in which GS BDC has a 50% interest (the “JV”), and an investment appropriate for us may also be appropriate for those Accounts or the JV. This creates potential conflicts in allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Accounts, particularly in circumstances where the availability of such investment opportunities is limited, where the liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited or where co-investments by us and other Accounts are not permitted under applicable law.

We are prohibited under the Investment Company Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of the Independent Directors (as defined in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance”) and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the Investment Company Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any assets from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of the Independent Directors. The Investment Adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, or are under common control with, us or our Investment Adviser, are also considered to be our affiliates under the Investment Company Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any assets from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with, such affiliates without exemptive relief from the SEC.

Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs or other Accounts may invest alongside us. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments by us and other funds managed by our Investment Adviser may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief.

We may also invest alongside other Accounts advised by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff guidance and interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such Accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other Accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our Investment Adviser, acting on behalf of us and on behalf of its other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our Investment Adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under SEC staff guidance and interpretations, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of our Investment Adviser.

If we are unable to rely on our exemptive relief for a particular opportunity, our Investment Adviser will be required to determine which Accounts should make the investment at the potential exclusion of other Accounts. To address these potential conflicts in such allocations, our Investment Adviser has developed allocation policies and procedures that provide that personnel of our Investment Adviser making portfolio decisions for Accounts will make purchase and sale decisions and allocate investment opportunities among Accounts consistent with its fiduciary obligations. The policy provides that our Investment Adviser allocate opportunities through a rotation system or in such other manner as our Investment Adviser determines to be equitable. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these policies and procedures may result in the pro rata allocation of limited opportunities across eligible Accounts managed by a particular portfolio management team, but in many other cases the allocations reflect numerous other factors as described below. Accounts managed outside of the GSAM Private Credit Group are generally viewed separately for allocation purposes. There will be cases where certain Accounts receive an allocation of an investment opportunity when we do not and vice versa.

In some cases, due to information barriers that are in place, other Accounts may compete with us for specific investment opportunities without being aware that they are competing against each other. Goldman Sachs has a conflicts system in place above these information barriers to identify potential conflicts early in the process and determine if an allocation decision needs to be made. If the conflicts system detects a potential conflict, the legal and compliance departments of Goldman Sachs assess investment opportunities to determine whether a particular investment opportunity is required to be allocated to a particular Account (including us) or is prohibited from being allocated to a particular Account. Subject to a determination by the legal and compliance departments (if applicable), portfolio management teams are then charged with ensuring that investment opportunities are allocated to the appropriate Account.

Personnel of our Investment Adviser involved in decision-making for Accounts may make allocation related decisions for us and other Accounts by reference to one or more factors, including, but not limited to: the Account’s portfolio and its investment horizons, objectives, guidelines and restrictions (including legal and regulatory restrictions); strategic fit and other portfolio management considerations, including different desired levels of investment for different strategies; the expected future capacity of the applicable Accounts; cash and liquidity considerations; and the availability of other appropriate investment opportunities. Suitability considerations, reputational matters and other considerations may also be considered. The application of these considerations may cause differences in the performance of different Accounts that have similar strategies. In addition, in some cases our Investment Adviser may make investment recommendations to Accounts where the Accounts make the investment independently of our Investment Adviser, which may result in a reduction in the availability of the investment opportunity for other Accounts (including us) irrespective of our Investment Adviser’s policies regarding allocation of investments. With respect to GS BDC, our Investment Adviser may also make allocation-related decisions by reference to the JV, consistent with the nature of the relationship between GS BDC and the JV, even though there is no formal investment advisory relationship between our Investment Adviser and the JV. Additional information about our Investment Adviser’s allocation policies is set forth in Item 6 (“Performance-based Fees and Side-by-Side Management—Side-by-Side Management of Advisory Accounts; Allocation of Opportunities”) of our Investment Adviser’s Form ADV.

Our Investment Adviser, including the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team, may, from time to time, develop and implement new trading strategies or seek to participate in new investment opportunities and trading strategies. These opportunities and strategies may not be employed in all Accounts or pro rata among Accounts where they are employed, even if the opportunity or strategy is consistent with the objectives of such Accounts.

During periods of unusual market conditions, our Investment Adviser may deviate from its normal trade allocation practices. For example, this may occur with respect to the management of unlevered and/or long-only Accounts that are typically managed on a side-by-side basis with levered and/or long-short Accounts.

We may receive opportunities sourced by Goldman Sachs businesses and affiliates, but in no event do we have any rights with respect to such opportunities. Subject to applicable law, including the Investment Company Act, such opportunities or any portion thereof may be offered to other Accounts, Goldman Sachs, all or certain of our investors, or such other persons or entities as determined by Goldman Sachs in its sole discretion. We will have no rights and will not receive any compensation related to such opportunities. For a further explanation of the allocation of opportunities and other conflicts and the risks related thereto.

Market Opportunity

According to the National Center for the Middle Market and the CIA World Fact Book, the U.S. middle market is comprised of approximately 200,000 companies that collectively generate revenues of more than $10 trillion annually.¹ The U.S. middle market represents nearly 33% of private sector gross domestic product, or equivalent to the world’s third largest global economy on a stand-alone basis. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that existing market conditions and regulatory changes have combined to create an attractive investment environment for non-bank lenders such as us to provide loans to U.S. middle market companies. Specifically:

•

Recent changes in the regulatory capital charges imposed on the banking sector for unrated, illiquid assets have caused banks to reduce their lending activities to middle-market companies. Stakeholders in banks, including their shareholders, lenders and regulators, continue to exert pressure to contain the amount of illiquid, unrated assets held on bank balance sheets. Examples of this include moves to codify the Basel III accords in the United States, which would increase the regulatory capital charge for lower rated and unrated assets in most instances, and continued investor focus on the amount of illiquid assets whose fair value cannot be determined by using observable measures, or “Level 3 assets,” held on bank balance sheets. As a result, the GSAM Private Credit Group believes that many banks have been forced to reduce their lending to middle-market companies, creating an opportunity for alternative lenders such as us to fill the void.

Estimate by the National Center for the Middle Market, which defined middle market as companies with annual revenue of $10 million—$1 billion. See http://www.middlemarketcenter.org (relying on data from the 2015 CIA World Factbook, available at https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/).

•

Changes in business strategy by banks have further reduced the supply of capital to middle-market companies. The trend of consolidation of regional banks into money center banks has reduced the focus of these businesses on middle-market lending. Money center banks traditionally focus on lending and providing other services to large corporate clients to whom they can deploy larger amounts of capital more efficiently. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that this has resulted in fewer bank lenders to U.S. middle-market companies and reduced the availability of debt capital to the companies we target.

•

The capital markets have been unable to fill the void in middle-market finance left by banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle-market companies are rarely able to access these markets as participants are generally highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond or loan being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds and broadly syndicated loans. However, mutual funds (and certain ETFs) generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for their investments is an important consideration in the initial investment decision. Because there is typically no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle-market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide capital to U.S. middle-market companies. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that this is likely to be a persistent problem for the capital markets and creates an advantage for investors like us who have a more stable capital base and can therefore invest in illiquid assets.

•

It is difficult for new lending platforms to enter the middle market and fill the capital void because it is very fragmented. While the middle market is a very large component of the U.S. economy, it is a highly fragmented space with thousands of companies operating in many different geographies and industries. Typically, companies that need capital find lenders and investors based on pre-existing relationships, referrals and word of mouth. Developing the many relationships and wide-spread recognition required to become a source of capital to the middle market is a time consuming and highly resource-intensive endeavor. As a result, the GSAM Private Credit Group believes that it is difficult for new lending platforms to successfully enter the middle market, thereby providing insulation from rapid shifts in the supply of capital to the middle market that might otherwise disrupt pricing of capital.

Competitive Advantages

The Goldman Sachs Platform: Goldman Sachs is a leading global financial institution that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base, including companies and high net worth individuals, among others. The firm is headquartered in New York, and maintains offices across the United States and in all major financial centers around the world. Goldman Sachs’ asset management subsidiary, GSAM, is one of the world’s leading investment managers with over 750 investment professionals and over $1.17 trillion of assets under supervision as of December 31, 2016. GSAM’s investment teams, including the GSAM Private Credit Group, capitalize on the relationships, market insights, risk management expertise, technology and infrastructure of Goldman Sachs. We believe that the Goldman Sachs platform delivers a meaningful competitive advantage to us in the following ways:

•

Origination of Investment Opportunities: Goldman Sachs has a preeminent network of relationships and the ability to provide valued intellectual, as well as financial, capital to middle market borrowers which we believe significantly enhances our origination capability. We believe that many borrowers prefer to do business with Goldman Sachs and its advised funds because of its ability to offer further services to middle market companies as they grow in their life cycle, including financial advice, acquisition opportunities and capital markets expertise. The GSAM Private Credit Group is also able to leverage the Goldman Sachs platform to provide middle market companies with access to Goldman Sachs’ broad client network, which can be utilized to find new customers and partners as the GSAM Private Credit Group seeks to grow and execute its strategic plans.

•

Evaluation of Investment Opportunities: The GSAM Private Credit Group is comprised of seasoned professionals with significant private credit investing experience. The team draws on a diverse array of skill sets, spanning fundamental credit and portfolio management, as well as legal and transactional structuring expertise. The GSAM Private Credit Group is trained in, and utilizes, proprietary investment practices and procedures developed over many decades by Goldman Sachs, including those related to performing due diligence on prospective portfolio investments and reviewing the backgrounds of potential partners. Further, Goldman Sachs is an active participant in a wide array of industries, both in service to clients operating in many different industries and acting as a principal or customer in such industries. Accordingly, Goldman Sachs houses a tremendous amount of industry knowledge and experience. The GSAM Private Credit Group is able to draw upon these industry insights and expertise as it evaluates investment opportunities.

•

Risk Monitoring of Investments: The GSAM Private Credit Group has significant processes and procedures in place, including proprietary information technology systems, to monitor and evaluate the performance of its investments at the asset level. In addition, we benefit from Goldman Sachs’ extensive risk management capabilities, which have been developed and honed over many investment cycles. Our portfolio is regularly reviewed and stressed under various scenarios by senior risk management personnel within Goldman Sachs. These scenarios are drawn from the expertise developed by Goldman Sachs for its own balance sheet. This risk monitoring is designed to assist the GSAM Private Credit Group in seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss and maintain an investment portfolio that is expected to perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

•

Financing of Portfolio: As one of the world’s largest asset management firms, GSAM is a significant counterparty to many providers of capital. In addition, GSAM has a world-class asset management infrastructure, including significant resources in operations, legal, compliance and other support functions. This scale, combined with the institutional infrastructure to support it, gives capital providers an incentive to do business with GSAM and confidence that their capital will be well guarded. Accordingly, we believe that we are able to obtain favorable terms from financing providers, including attractive interest rates, advance rates, durations and covenants. We believe that we will continue to benefit from GSAM’s scale and infrastructure through attractive financing terms as we seek additional sources of capital in the future.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. As a BDC, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the Investment Company Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include (i) private U.S. operating companies, (ii) public U.S. operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., the NYSE) or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (iii) public U.S. operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S. operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board and through OTC Markets Group Inc. are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. In addition, we currently are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. See “Item 1. Business—Qualifying Assets.”

We intend to elect to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016. As a RIC, we generally will not be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our Unitholders as dividends if we meet certain source of income, distribution, and asset diversification requirements. We intend to timely distribute to our Unitholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. The distributions we pay to our Unitholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Investments

We seek to create a portfolio that includes primarily direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including a last out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments. We expect to make investments through both primary originations and open-market secondary purchases. We currently do not limit our focus to any specific industry. If we are successful in achieving our investment objective, we believe that we will be able to provide our Unitholders with consistent dividend distributions and attractive risk adjusted total returns.

As of December 31, 2016, our portfolio (which term does not include our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) on a fair value basis, was comprised of approximately 97.0% secured debt investments (21.8% in first lien debt, 11.8% in first lien/last-out unitranche loans and 63.4% in second lien debt), 1.7% in unsecured debt and 1.3% in preferred stock and warrants. We expect that our portfolio will continue to include secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, unsecured debt (including mezzanine debt) and, to a lesser extent, equities. In addition to investments in U.S. middle-market companies, we may invest a portion of our capital in opportunistic investments, such as in large U.S. companies, foreign companies, stressed or distressed debt, structured products or private equity. Such investments are intended to enhance our risk adjusted returns to Unitholders, and the proportion of these types of investments will change over time given our views on, among other things, the economic and credit environment in which we are operating, although these types of investments generally will constitute less than 30% of our total assets.

In the future, we may also securitize a portion of our investments in any or all of our assets. We expect that our primary use of funds will be to make investments in portfolio companies, distribute cash to holders of our common Units and pay our operating expenses, including debt service to the extent we borrow or issue senior securities to fund our investments.

Investment Criteria

We are committed to a value-oriented philosophy implemented by our Investment Adviser, which manages our portfolio and seeks to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing the potential for capital appreciation. We have identified several criteria, discussed below, that GSAM believes are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies.

These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions. However, we caution that not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. Generally, we seek to use our experience and access to market information to identify investment candidates and to structure investments quickly and effectively.

•

Value orientation and positive cash flow. Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis and has a distinct value orientation. We focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Typically, we do not expect to invest in start-up companies or companies having speculative business plans.

•

Experienced management and established financial sponsor relationships. We generally require that our portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We also require the portfolio companies to have proper incentives in place to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors. In addition, we focus our investments in companies backed by strong financial sponsors that have a history of creating value and with whom members of our Investment Adviser have an established relationship.

•

Strong and defensible competitive market position. We seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well-positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We also seek companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which should help to protect their market position and profitability while enabling us to protect our principal and avoid capital losses.

•

Viable exit strategy. We seek to invest in companies that GSAM believes will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect that such internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of interest on, and the repayment of the principal of, our investments in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or other capital markets transactions.

•

Due diligence. The Investment Adviser takes a bottom-up, fundamental research approach to our potential investments. It believes it is critical to conduct extensive due diligence on investment targets and in evaluating new investments. The Investment Adviser conducts a rigorous due diligence process that is applied to prospective portfolio companies and draws from its experience, industry expertise and network of contacts. In conducting due diligence, our Investment Adviser uses information provided by companies, financial sponsors and publicly available information as well as information from relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers.

Our due diligence typically includes:

•

review of historical and prospective financial information;

•

review of the capital structure;

•

analysis of the business and industry in which the prospective portfolio company operates;

•

on-site visits;

•

interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors of the potential portfolio company;

•

review of loan documents;

•

background checks; and

•

research relating to the portfolio company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors.

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the team leading the investment presents the investment opportunity to the Investment Committee. This committee determines whether to pursue the potential investment. All new investments are required to be reviewed by the Investment Committee. The members of the Investment Committee are employees of our Investment Adviser and they do not receive separate compensation from us or our Investment Adviser for serving on the Investment Committee.

Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf (and at our expense) by attorneys and independent auditors prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Investment Committee

All investment decisions are made by the Investment Committee of GSAM Private Credit Group which consists of five voting members, Brendan McGovern, Salvatore Lentini, Jon Yoder, David Yu and Scott Turco, as well as three non-voting members with operational and/or legal expertise. Our Investment Committee is responsible for approving all of our investments. Our Investment Committee also monitors investments in our portfolio and approves all asset dispositions. We expect to benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the investment professionals serving on our Investment Committee, which includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and private equity.

The purpose of our Investment Committee is to evaluate and approve all investments by our Investment Adviser. Our Investment Committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of our Investment Committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. Our Investment Committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our Investment Adviser’s investment philosophies and policies. Our Investment Committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

In addition to reviewing investments, our Investment Committee meetings serve as a forum for discussing credit views and outlooks, as well as reviewing investments. Potential transactions and investment opportunities are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of our Investment Adviser’s investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with our Investment Committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Investment Structure

Once we determine that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We negotiate among these parties and use creative and flexible approaches to structure our investment relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

We expect our secured debt to have terms of approximately three to ten years. We generally obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of this debt. This collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company.

We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. Mezzanine debt typically has interest-only payments in the early years, payable in cash or in-kind, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years of the mezzanine debt. In some cases, we may enter into mezzanine debt that, by its terms, converts into equity (or is issued along with warrants for equity) or additional debt securities or defers payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. We expect our mezzanine debt investments to have maturities of approximately three to ten years.

We also invest in unitranche loans, which are loans that combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first out” portion of such loan and retain the “last out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts due thereunder over the “last out” portion that we would continue to hold.

In the case of our secured debt and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt investments, we seek to tailor the terms of the investments to the facts and circumstances of the transactions and the prospective portfolio companies, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio companies to achieve their business plan and improve their profitability. For example, in addition to seeking a senior position in the capital structure of our portfolio companies, we seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

•

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

•

incorporating “put” rights and call protection into the investment structure; and

•

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or participation rights.

Our investments may include equity features, such as direct investments in the equity or convertible securities of portfolio companies or warrants or options to buy a minority interest in a portfolio company. Any warrants we may receive with our debt securities generally require only a nominal cost to exercise, so as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from these equity investments. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity investments, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but may sell certain investments earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as the sale or refinancing of a portfolio company. We also may turn over our investments to better position the portfolio as market conditions change.

Ongoing relationships with portfolio companies

Monitoring

Our Investment Adviser monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. It monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if they are meeting their respective business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company. Our Investment Adviser has several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

•

assessment of success in adhering to the portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

•

periodic or regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

•

comparisons to our other portfolio companies in the industry, if any;

•

attendance at and participation in board meetings or presentations by portfolio companies; and

•

review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections of portfolio companies.

Our Investment Adviser also employs an investment rating system to categorize our investments. In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our Investment Adviser grades the credit risk of all investments on a scale of 1 to 4 no less frequently than quarterly. This system is intended primarily to reflect the underlying risk of a portfolio investment relative to our initial cost basis in respect of such portfolio investment (i.e., at the time of origination or acquisition), although it may also take into account under certain circumstances the performance of the portfolio company’s business, the collateral coverage of the investment and other relevant factors. Under this system, investments graded 1 involve the least amount of risk to our initial cost basis. The trends and risk factors for this investment since origination or acquisition are generally favorable, which may include the performance of the portfolio company or a potential exit. Investments graded 2 involve a level of risk to our initial cost basis that is similar to the risk to our initial cost basis at the time of origination or acquisition. This portfolio company is generally performing as expected and the risk factors to our ability to ultimately recoup the cost of our investment are neutral to favorable. All investments or acquired investments in new portfolio companies are initially assessed a grade of 2. Investments graded 3 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has increased materially since origination or acquisition, including as a result of factors such as declining performance and non-compliance with debt covenants; however, payments are generally not more than 120 days past due. Investments graded 4 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has substantially increased since origination or acquisition, and the portfolio company likely has materially declining performance. For debt investments with an investment grade of 4, most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. For investments graded 4, it is anticipated that we will not recoup our initial cost basis and may realize a substantial loss of our initial cost basis upon exit. For investments graded 3 or 4, our Investment Adviser enhances its level of scrutiny over the monitoring of such portfolio company. Our Investment Adviser grades the investments in our portfolio at least each quarter and it is possible that the grade of a portfolio investment may be reduced or increased over time.

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we must offer, and must provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our eligible portfolio companies within the meaning of Section 55 of the Investment Company Act. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Our Investment Adviser or an affiliate thereof may provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request such assistance. We may receive fees for these services. See “Item 1. Business—Managerial Assistance to portfolio companies.”

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies and include other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), private funds, including hedge funds, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us.

In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on us as a BDC.

While we expect to use the industry information of GSAM’s investment professionals to which we have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies, we do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer and GSAM believes that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. Rather, we compete with our competitors based on our reputation in the market, our existing investment platform, the seasoned investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, our experience and focus on middle-market companies, our disciplined investment philosophy, our extensive industry focus and relationships and our flexible transaction structuring.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees. Our day-to-day operations are managed by our Investment Adviser. Our Investment Adviser has hired and expects to continue to hire professionals with skills applicable to our business plan, including experience in middle-market investing, leveraged finance and capital markets.

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other properties materially important to our operations. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Legal Proceedings

We and our Investment Adviser are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business or otherwise.

Our Administrator

Pursuant to our Administration Agreement, our administrator is responsible for providing various accounting and administrative services to us. Our administrator is entitled to fees as described in “Item 1. Business—Administration Agreement.” To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions, the administrator will pay any compensation associated with such functions.

Management Agreements

Investment Advisory Agreement

The investment advisory and management agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with our Investment Adviser was entered into as of April 11, 2016. The Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in full force and effect for two years initially and continue for periods of one year thereafter but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of a majority of the Independent Directors in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act, and (b) a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or a majority of our outstanding voting securities, as defined in the Investment Company Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement may, on 60 days’ written notice to the other party, be terminated in its entirety at any time without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, on the one hand, or by our Investment Adviser, on the other hand. The Investment Advisory Agreement also will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the Investment Company Act). See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—We are dependent upon management personnel of our Investment Adviser for our success.”

Management Services

Pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, GSAM, subject to the overall supervision of the Board of Directors, manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory and management services to us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest.”

Subject to compliance with applicable law and published SEC guidance, nothing contained in the Investment Advisory Agreement in any way precludes, restricts or limits the activities of our Investment Adviser or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliated parties.

Management Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay our Investment Adviser a management fee (the “Management Fee”), payable quarterly in arrears, equal to 0.375% (i.e., an annual rate of 1.50%) of our average NAV (including uninvested cash and cash equivalents) at the end of the then-current quarter and the prior calendar quarter (and, in the case of our first quarter, our NAV as of such quarter-end). The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay to our Investment Adviser an Incentive Fee (the “Incentive Fee”) as follows:

(a)

First, no Incentive Fee is payable to our Investment Adviser until we have made cumulative distributions pursuant to this clause (a) equal to aggregate Contributed Capital (as defined below);

(b)

Second, no Incentive Fee is payable to our Investment Adviser until we have made cumulative distributions pursuant to this clause (b) equal to a 7% return per annum, compounded annually, on aggregate unreturned Contributed Capital, from the date each capital contribution is made through the date such capital has been returned;

(c)

Third, subject to clauses (a) and (b), our Investment Adviser is entitled to an Incentive Fee equal to 100% of all amounts designated by us as proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments, until such time as the cumulative Incentive Fee paid to our Investment Adviser pursuant to this clause (c) is equal to 15% of the amount by which the sum of (i) cumulative distributions to Unitholders pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above and (ii) the cumulative Incentive Fee previously paid to our Investment Adviser pursuant to this clause (c) exceeds Contributed Capital; and

(c)

Fourth, at any time that clause (c) has been satisfied, our Investment Adviser is entitled to an Incentive Fee equal to 15% of all amounts designated by us as proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

The Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis and the amount of the Incentive Fee payable prior to a proposed distribution will be determined and, if applicable, paid in accordance with the foregoing formula each time amounts are to be distributed to the Unitholders. The Incentive Fee is a fee owed by us to our Investment Adviser and is not paid out of distributions made to Unitholders.

In no event will an amount be paid with respect to the Incentive Fee to the extent it would cause the aggregate amount of our capital gains paid in respect of the Incentive Fee to exceed 20% of our realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation, in each case determined on a cumulative basis from inception of us through the date of the proposed payment.

“Contributed Capital” is the aggregate amount of capital contributions that have been made by all Unitholders in respect of their Units to us. All distributions (or deemed distributions), including investment income (i.e. proceeds received in respect of interest payments, dividends and fees) and proceeds attributable to the repayment or disposition of any Investment, to Unitholders will be considered a return of Contributed Capital. Unreturned Contributed Capital equals aggregate Contributed Capital minus cumulative distributions, but is never less than zero.

The term “proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments” includes proceeds from the full or partial realization of our Investments and income from investing activities and may include return of capital, ordinary income and capital gains.

If, at our termination, our Investment Adviser has received aggregate payments of Incentive Fees in excess of the amount our Investment Adviser would have received had the Incentive Fees been determined upon such termination, then our Investment Adviser will reimburse us for the difference between the amount of Incentive Fees actually received and the amount determined at termination (the “Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation”). However, our Investment Adviser will not be required to reimburse us an amount greater than the aggregate Incentive Fees paid to our Investment Adviser, reduced by the excess (if any) of (a) the aggregate federal, state and local income tax liability our Investment Adviser incurred in connection with the payment of such Incentive Fees (assuming the highest marginal applicable federal and New York city and state income tax rates applied to such payments), over (b) an amount equal to the U.S. federal and state tax benefits available to our Investment Adviser by virtue of the payment made by our Investment Adviser pursuant to its Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation (assuming that, to the extent such payments are deductible by our Investment Adviser, the benefit of such deductions will be computed using the then highest marginal applicable federal and New York city and state income tax rates).

If the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated prior to our termination (other than our Investment Adviser voluntarily terminating the agreement), we will pay to our Investment Adviser a final Incentive Fee payment (the “Final Incentive Fee Payment”). The Final Incentive Fee Payment will be calculated as of the date the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated and will equal the amount of Incentive Fee that would be payable to our Investment Adviser if (a) all Investments were liquidated for their current value (but without taking into account any unrealized appreciation of any Investment), and any unamortized deferred Investment-related fees would be deemed accelerated, (b) the proceeds from such liquidation were used to pay all our outstanding liabilities, and (c) the remainder was distributed to Unitholders and paid as Incentive Fee in accordance with the Incentive Fee waterfall described above for determining the amount of the Incentive Fee. The Company will make the Final Incentive Fee Payment in cash on or immediately following the date the Investment Advisory Agreement is so terminated. Our Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation will be determined as of the date of the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement for purposes of the Final Incentive Fee Payment.

Example Incentive Fee Calculations

Case #1 (5.00% return on Contributed Capital)

Assume $100.00 of aggregate Contributed Capital, with the entire amount contributed on January 1.

The Company produces $5.00 of net profit over the year (after payment of all Company expenses including the Management Fee) and liquidates on December 31, designating $105.00 for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 1: Unitholders receive distributions totaling their $100.00 of aggregate Contributed Capital. There remains $5.00 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 2: Unitholders are entitled to 100% of the remaining amount until they have received a 7% annual return on their unreturned Contributed Capital, which in this case totals $7.00. The remaining $5.00 is distributed to the Unitholders in satisfaction of this entitlement, leaving no further amounts designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

In this case the total Incentive Fee received by our Investment Adviser is $0.00, or 0% of the $5.00 of net profit to us.

Case #2 (7.75% return on Contributed Capital)

Assume $100.00 of aggregate Contributed Capital, with the entire amount contributed on January 1.

The Company produces $7.75 of net profit over the year (after payment of all Company expenses including the Management Fee) and liquidates on December 31, designating $107.75 for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 1: Unitholders receive distributions totaling their $100.00 of aggregate Contributed Capital. There remains $7.75 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 2: Unitholders are entitled to 100% of the remaining amount until they have received a 7% annual return on their unreturned Contributed Capital, which in this case totals $7.00. $7.00 is distributed to the Unitholders in satisfaction of this entitlement. There remains $0.75 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 3: Our Investment Adviser is entitled to 100% of the remaining amount until it has received 15% of total distributions and Incentive Fee payments in excess of Contributed Capital, which in this case totals approximately $1.24. The remaining $0.75 is paid to our Investment Adviser as an Incentive Fee, leaving no further amounts designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

In this case the total Incentive Fee received by our Investment Adviser is $0.75, or 9.68% of the $7.75 of net profit to us.

Case #3 (12.00% return on Contributed Capital)

Assume $100 of aggregate Contributed Capital, with the entire amount contributed on January 1.

The Company produces $12.00 of net profit over the year (after payment of all Company expenses including the Management Fee) and liquidates on December 31, designating $112.00 for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 1: Unitholders receive distributions totaling their $100.00 of aggregate Contributed Capital. There remains $12.00 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 2: Unitholders are entitled to 100% of the remaining amount until they have received a 7% annual return on their unreturned Contributed Capital, which in this case totals $7.00. $7.00 is distributed to the Unitholders in satisfaction of this entitlement. There remains $5.00 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 3: Our Investment Adviser is entitled to 100% of the remaining amount until it has received 15% of total distributions and Incentive Fee payments in excess of Contributed Capital, which in this case totals approximately $1.24. Such amount is paid to our Investment Adviser as an Incentive Fee in satisfaction of this entitlement. There remains approximately $3.76 designated for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

Step 4: Unitholders are entitled to 85% of the remaining amount and our Investment Adviser is entitled to 15% of the remaining amount. Therefore, the Unitholders receive approximately $3.20 in additional distributions while our Investment Adviser receives approximately $0.56 in additional Incentive Fee payments.

In this case the total Incentive Fee received by our Investment Adviser is $1.80, or 15.00% of the $12.00 of net profit to us.

Organizational and Operating Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee to our Investment Adviser, legal and professional fees, interest and other expenses of Financings (as defined in “Investment Period” ) and other operating and overhead related expenses. The Management Fee and Incentive Fee compensate our Investment Adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our Investments. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, including those relating to: (i) our operational and organizational expenses; (ii) our fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by our Investment Adviser or payable to third parties related to our Investments, including, among others, professional fees (including the fees and expenses of consultants and experts) and fees and expenses from evaluating, monitoring, researching and performing due diligence on Investments and prospective Investments; (iii) interest and other expense payable on Financings, if any, incurred by us; (iv) fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (v) brokers’ commissions; (vi) fees and expenses associated with calculating our NAV (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (vii) legal, auditing or accounting expenses; (viii) taxes or governmental fees; (ix) the fees and expenses of our Administrator, transfer agent or sub-transfer agent; (x) the cost of preparing unit certificates or any other expenses, including clerical expenses of issue or repurchase of the Units; (xi) the expenses of and fees for registering or qualifying Units for sale and of maintaining our registration or qualifying and registering we as a broker or a dealer; (xii) the fees and expenses of our Independent Directors; (xiii) the fees or disbursements of custodians of our assets, including expenses incurred in the performance of any obligations enumerated by the LLC Agreement or other organizational documents of us insofar as they govern agreements with any such custodian; (xiv) the cost of preparing and distributing reports, proxy statements and notices to holders of equity interests in us, the SEC and other regulatory authorities; (xv) insurance premiums (xvi) costs of holding Unitholder meetings; and (xvii) costs incurred in connection with any claim, litigation, arbitration, mediation, government investigation or dispute in connection with our business and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith, or the enforcement of our rights against any person and indemnification or contribution expenses payable by us to any person and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of our business. Our Investment Adviser is not required to pay expenses of activities which are primarily intended to result in sales of Units, including all costs and expenses associated with the preparation and distribution of any private placement memorandum or subscription agreements.

Company expenses borne by us in the ordinary course on an annual basis (excluding Management Fees, the Incentive Fee, organizational and start-up expenses, and leverage-related expenses) shall not exceed an amount equal to 0.5% of the aggregate amount of Commitments to us by investors. Expenses incurred outside of the ordinary course, including litigation and similar expenses, are difficult to predict and are, therefore, not subject to such a cap.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to be relatively stable or decline as a percentage of total assets during periods of asset growth and to increase during periods of asset declines.

Limited Liability of our Investment Adviser

Our Investment Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by us in connection with the matters to which the Investment Advisory Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on our Investment Adviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by our Investment Adviser of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Any person, even though also employed by our Investment Adviser, who may be or become an employee of and paid by us shall be deemed, when acting within the scope of his or her employment by us, to be acting in such employment solely for us and not as our Investment Adviser’s employee or agent. These protections may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our Investment Adviser’s Incentive Fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.”

Organization of our Investment Adviser

Our Investment Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The principal executive offices of our Investment Adviser are located at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

Administration Agreement

We have entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”), under which the Administrator is responsible for providing various accounting and administrative services to us.

The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator will not be liable to us for any damages or other losses arising out of the performance of its services thereunder except under certain circumstances, and contains provisions for the indemnification of the Administrator by us against liabilities to other parties arising in connection with the performance of its services to us.

We pay the Administrator fees for its services as it determines are commercially reasonable in its sole discretion. We also reimburse the Administrator for all reasonable expenses. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Administrator will pay any compensation associated with such functions.

We are not obligated to retain the Administrator. The Administration Agreement is terminable by either party without penalty upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party.

The terms of the Administration Agreement that we may enter with any subsequent administrator may differ materially from the terms of the Administration Agreement with the Administrator in effect prior to such retention, including providing for a fee structure that results in us, directly or indirectly, bearing higher fees for similar services and other terms that are potentially less advantageous to us. The Unitholders will not be entitled to receive prior notice of the engagement of an alternate administrator or of the terms of any agreement that is entered into with such administrator.

Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as our transfer agent and disbursing agent.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to which we have been granted a personal, non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to use the “Goldman Sachs” name. Under the License Agreement, we do not have the right to use the Goldman Sachs name if GSAM or another affiliate of Goldman Sachs is not our investment adviser or if our continued use of such license results in a violation of applicable law, results in a regulatory burden or has adverse regulatory consequences. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Goldman Sachs” name.

Regulation

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. As with other companies regulated by the Investment Company Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. The Investment Company Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Investment Company Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as a BDC unless approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the Investment Company Act as the vote: (i) of 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy or (ii) of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company, whichever is less. Any issuance of preferred securities must comply with the requirements of the Investment Company Act. Additionally, the Investment Company Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to the Units and before any purchase of Units is made, such preferred securities together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of preferred securities, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred securities are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain other matters under the Investment Company Act require a separate class vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred securities. For example, holders of preferred securities would be entitled to vote separately as a class from the holders of units on a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such preferred securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed a “principal underwriter” as that term is defined under the Securities Act. We may purchase or otherwise receive warrants which offer an opportunity (not a requirement) to purchase common stock of a portfolio company in connection with an acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, we may acquire rights that obligate an issuer of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase the securities at certain times, under certain circumstances.

We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company whereby our investment would exceed the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot (1) acquire more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company, (2) invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company, or (3) invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of investment companies in general. These limitations do not apply when we acquire interests in a money market fund as long as we do not pay a sales charge or service fee in connection with the purchase. With respect to the portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such Investments might subject Unitholders to additional expenses. None of the policies described above is fundamental and each such policy may be changed without Unitholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act.

Private funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” pursuant to either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act are also subject to certain of the limits under the Investment Company Act noted above. Specifically, such private funds generally may not acquire directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding Units (measured at the time of the acquisition).

Investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act are also subject to the restriction as well as other limitations under the Investment Company Act that would restrict the amount that they are able to invest our securities. As a result, certain investors would be required to hold a smaller position in the Units than if they were not subject to such restrictions.

We are generally not able to issue and sell the Units at a price below the then-current NAV per unit. We may, however, sell the Units at a price below the then-current NAV per Unit if the Board of Directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of the Unitholders, and the Unitholders approve such sale.

We expect to deploy substantially all proceeds from our offerings for investment purposes within two years of the Final Closing Date.

Qualifying Assets

Under the Investment Company Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act, which are referred to herein as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets (not including certain assets specified in the Investment Company Act) represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

(1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding thirteen months an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the Investment Company Act as any issuer that:

(a)

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

(b)

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the Investment Company Act; and

(c)

satisfies any of the following:

•

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange but has an aggregate market value of outstanding common equity of less than $250 million;

•

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

•

is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

(2)

Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.

(3)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4)

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own at least 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

(5)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Managerial Assistance to portfolio companies

A BDC must be organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (a), (b) or (c) above under “Qualifying Assets.” However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must also either control the issuer of the securities or offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance (as long as the BDC does not make available significant managerial assistance solely in this fashion). Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

As a BDC, pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash items (such as money market funds), U.S. government securities or high- quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to, collectively, as “temporary investments”, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. The Company may invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would generally not meet the asset diversification requirements in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Investment Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Indebtedness and Senior Securities

As a BDC, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of equity securities senior to the Units if our asset coverage, as defined under the Investment Company Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. Decreasing the asset coverage ratio to allow BDCs to incur more debt has been under recent congressional consideration. In addition, except in limited circumstances, while any indebtedness and senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to Unitholders or the repurchase of our Units unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of its total assets for temporary purposes without regard to asset coverage. A loan is presumed to be made for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed; otherwise it is presumed to not be for temporary purposes. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.”

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics (as defined below) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act and have also adopted our Investment Adviser’s Code of Ethics in accordance with Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. These codes of ethics establish, among other things, procedures for personal investments and restrict certain personal securities transactions, including transactions in securities that are held by us. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090 or (800) SEC-0330. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated the voting of portfolio securities to our Investment Adviser. For Accounts for which our Investment Adviser has voting discretion, it has adopted policies and procedures (the “Proxy Voting Policy”) for the voting of proxies. Under the Proxy Voting Policy, our Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that favor proposals that tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value and are not influenced by conflicts of interest. To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities, our Investment Adviser has developed customized proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) that it generally applies when voting on behalf of Accounts. These Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, issues of corporate social responsibility and various shareholder proposals.

The Proxy Voting Policy, including the Guidelines, is reviewed periodically to assure that it continues to be consistent with our Investment Adviser’s guiding principles. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors our Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes.

Our Investment Adviser has retained a third-party proxy voting service (the “Proxy Service”), currently Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist in the implementation and administration of certain proxy voting- related functions including, operational, recordkeeping, and reporting services. The Proxy Service also prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “Recommendation”) of each proxy vote that reflects the Proxy Service’s application of the Guidelines to particular proxy issues. While it is our Investment Adviser’s policy generally to follow the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, our Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams (“Portfolio Management Teams”) may on certain proxy votes seek approval to diverge from the Guidelines or a Recommendation by following an “override” process. Such decisions are subject to a review and approval process, including a determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest. A Portfolio Management Team that receives approval through the override process to cast a proxy vote that diverges from the Guidelines and/or a Recommendation may vote differently than other Portfolio Management Teams that did not seek to override the vote. In forming their views on particular matters, the Portfolio Management Teams are also permitted to consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and Recommendations. Our Investment Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement the Proxy Service with respect to any of the services our Investment Adviser currently receives from the Proxy Service.

From time to time, our Investment Adviser may face regulatory, compliance, legal or logistical limits with respect to voting securities that it may purchase or hold for Accounts which can affect our Investment Adviser’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. Among other limits, federal, state and foreign regulatory restrictions or company specific ownership limits, as well as legal matters related to consolidated groups, may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that our Investment Adviser can hold for clients and the nature of our Investment Adviser’s voting in such securities. Our Investment Adviser’s ability to vote proxies may also be affected by, among other things: (i) late receipt of meeting notices; (ii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iv) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (v) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions; and (vi) requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting.

Our Investment Adviser conducts periodic due diligence meetings with the Proxy Service which include a review of the Proxy Service’s general organizational structure, new developments with respect to research and technology, work flow improvements and internal due diligence with respect to conflicts of interest.

Our Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing the proxy voting decisions that our Investment Adviser makes on behalf of a client account and to help assure that such decisions are made in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. These policies and procedures include our Investment Adviser’s use of the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, the override approval process previously discussed, and the establishment of information barriers between our Investment Adviser and other Goldman Sachs’ businesses. Notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decision of our Investment Adviser may have the effect of benefitting the interest of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates, provided that our Investment Adviser believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. See “Item 13(a). Transactions with Related Persons; Review, Approval or Ratification of Transaction with Related Persons—Potential Conflicts of Interest.”

Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by our Investment Adviser based on its assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

Unitholders may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: State Street Bank and Trust Company, our Administrator. Requests should be addressed to:

State Street Bank and Trust Company Transfer Agency

Attention: Compliance

100 Huntington Avenue

Copley Place Tower 2, Floor 3

Boston, MA 02116

With a copy to:

State Street Bank and Trust Company Legal Division—Global Services Americas

One Lincoln Street, 21st Floor

Boston, MA 02111

Attn: Senior Vice President and Senior Managing Counsel

Privacy Principles

The following information is provided to help investors understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

We may collect nonpublic personal information regarding investors from sources such as subscription agreements, investor questionnaires and other forms; individual investors’ account histories; and correspondence between us and individual investors. We may share information that we collect regarding an investor with its affiliates and the employees of such affiliates for everyday business purposes, for example, to service the investor’s accounts and, unless an investor opts out, provide the investor with information about other products and services offered by us or its affiliates that may be of interest to the investor. In addition, we may disclose information that we collect regarding investors to third parties who are not affiliated with us (i) as authorized by the investors in investor subscription agreements or our organizational documents; (ii) as required by applicable law or in connection with a properly authorized legal or regulatory investigation, subpoena or summons, or to respond to judicial process or government regulatory authorities having property jurisdiction; (iii) as required to fulfill investor instructions; or (iv) as otherwise permitted by applicable law to perform support services for investor accounts or process investor transactions with us or our affiliates.

Any party not affiliated with us that receives nonpublic personal information relating to investors from us are required to adhere to confidentiality agreements and to maintain appropriate safeguards to protect investor information. Additionally, for officers, employees and agents of ours and our affiliates, access to such information is restricted to those who need such access to provide services to us and investors. The Company maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to seek to guard investor nonpublic personal information.

Other

We may also be prohibited under the Investment Company Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with its affiliates without the prior approval of the members of the Board of Directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the Investment Company Act prohibition governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain “joint transactions” involving certain entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the investment adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief. As a result of such order, there could be significant overlap in our portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS BDC, GS MMLC and/or other funds managed by the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team.

As a BDC, the SEC will periodically examine us for compliance with the Investment Company Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company in order to protect against larceny and embezzlement, covering each of its officers and employees, who may singly, or jointly with others, have access to our securities or funds. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director, officer, Investment Adviser or underwriter against any liability to us or the Unitholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and our Investment Adviser are each required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Compliance with the JOBS Act

We are, and expect to remain, an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, as it may be amended from time to time (the “JOBS Act”), signed into law in April 2012 until the earliest of:

•

the last day of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1.0 billion;

•

the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or

•

the last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of Units held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more (measured at the end of each fiscal year) as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and (2) have been an Exchange Act reporting company for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act); or

•

The date five years after the date of an initial public offering of us.

Under the JOBS Act, we are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This may increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected.

In addition, Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act, provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Compliance with the Bank Holding Company Act

Goldman Sachs is a bank holding company (a “BHC”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and is therefore subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”). In addition, Goldman Sachs is a financial holding company (a “FHC”) under the BHCA, which is a status available to BHCs that meet certain criteria. FHCs may engage in a broader range of activities than BHCs that are not FHCs. However, the activities of FHCs and their affiliates remain subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHCA and related regulations. Because Goldman Sachs may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, these restrictions could apply to us as well. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, may restrict our investments, transactions and operations and may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates, on the one hand, and we on the other hand. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to Goldman Sachs and we may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of the Investments and restrict our and our Investment Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invests. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by Goldman Sachs and its affiliates (including our Investment Adviser) for client and proprietary Accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, Goldman Sachs may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary Accounts or for the Accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain Investments. See “Item 13(a). Transactions with Related Persons; Review, Approval or Ratification of Transaction with Related Persons—Potential Conflicts of Interest.” Additionally, Goldman Sachs may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Investment Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, us or other funds and Accounts managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. In addition, Goldman Sachs may cease in the future to qualify as a FHC, which may subject us to additional restrictions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the bank regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and us, or the interpretation thereof, will not change, or that any such change will not have a material adverse effect on us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our activities may be limited as a result of potentially being deemed to be controlled by a bank holding company.”

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves certain risks relating to our structure and investment objective. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this report, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set forth below are not the only risks we face, and we may face other risks that we have not yet identified, which we do not currently deem material or which are not yet predictable. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the NAV of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

We are a new company and have a limited operating history.

We are a new company with limited operating history, and as a result, we have minimal financial information on which investors can evaluate an investment in us or our prior performance. Investors must rely on us to implement our investment policies, to evaluate all of our investment opportunities and to structure the terms of our investments rather than evaluating our Investments in advance of purchasing Units. Because investors are not able to thoroughly evaluate our Investments in advance of purchasing Units, the offering of Units may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder investors’ ability to achieve their own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives. Additionally, the results of any other Accounts that have or have had an investment program which is similar to, or different from, our investment program are not indicative of the results that we may achieve. We expect to have a different investment portfolio from other Accounts. Accordingly, our results may differ from and are independent of the results obtained by such Accounts. Moreover, past performance is no assurance of future returns.

We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of investors’ investments could decline substantially or that investors’ investments could become worthless. We anticipate, based on the amount of proceeds raised in the initial or subsequent closings, that it could take some time to invest substantially all of the capital we expect to raise due to market conditions generally and the time necessary to identify, evaluate, structure, negotiate and close suitable investments in private middle-market companies. In order to comply with the RIC diversification requirements during the startup period, we may invest proceeds in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt Investments that mature in one year or less from the time of investment, which we expect will earn yields substantially lower than the interest, dividend or other income that we seek to receive in respect of suitable portfolio Investments. We may not be able to pay any significant distributions during this period, and any such distributions may be substantially lower than the distributions we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested. We will pay a Management Fee to our Investment Adviser throughout this interim period irrespective of our performance. If the Management Fee and our other expenses exceed the return on the temporary investments, our equity capital will be eroded.

Our limited term and that of the Investment Period may impact our investment strategy.

Unless earlier liquidated by the Board of Directors or extended by the Board of Directors (and, to the extent necessary, a majority-in-interest of the Unitholders), our Term will end on the seven year anniversary of the Final Closing Date. Due to our finite Term, we may be required to sell Investments at an inopportune time, which could adversely affect our performance and/or cause us to seek to invest in loans with a shorter term than would be the case if our Term was longer, which might adversely affect the nature and/or quality of our Investments.

Following the expiration of the Investment Period, we will not be permitted to reinvest proceeds realized by us from the sale or repayment of any Investment. Accordingly, we may be required to distribute such proceeds to Unitholders, which may cause our fixed expenses to increase as a percentage of assets under management. In addition, any proceeds realized by us from the sale or repayment of Investments could result in an increased concentration of our portfolio, which could increase the risks associated with ownership of the Units. For more, see “—Risks Relating to Our portfolio company Investments—Our portfolio may be focused in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies default on their obligations under any of their debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.”

Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest.

Our Investment Adviser, its principals, affiliates, investment professionals and employees, the members of its Investment Committee and our officers and directors serve or may serve now or in the future as investment advisers, officers, directors, principals of, or in their capacities with respect to, public or private entities (including other BDCs and other investment funds) that operate in the same or a related line of business as us. For example, we have the same management and Investment Committee teams as GS BDC and GS MMLC. Therefore, we expect these individuals may have obligations to investors in such other BDCs, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of Unitholders, and we expect that investment opportunities will satisfy the investment criteria for both us and such other business development companies. In addition, GSAM and its affiliates also manage other investment funds (including vehicles in which Goldman Sachs and its personnel have an interest), and are expected to manage other vehicles in the future that have investment mandates that are similar, in whole or in part, to ours and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, our Investment Adviser and/ or its affiliates may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between such other entities and us. The fact that our investment advisory fees may be lower than those of certain other funds advised by GSAM could result in this conflict of interest affecting us adversely relative to such other funds.

Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs or Accounts may invest alongside us. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments by us and other funds managed by our Investment Adviser may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief. As a result of such order, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS BDC, GS MMLC and/or other funds managed by our Investment Adviser. If we are unable to rely on our exemptive relief for a particular opportunity, our Investment Adviser will be required to determine which Accounts should make the investment at the potential exclusion of other Accounts. In such circumstances, our Investment Adviser will adhere to its investment allocation policy in order to determine the Account to which to allocate the opportunity. The policy provides that our Investment Adviser allocate opportunities through a rotation system or in such other manner as our Investment Adviser determines to be equitable. Accordingly, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other Accounts.

The capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. Such market conditions may materially and adversely affect debt and equity capital markets in the United States, which may have a negative impact on our business and operations.

From time to time, capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. For example, from 2008 to 2009, the global capital markets were unstable as evidenced by the lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major financial institutions. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and various foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While market conditions have improved from the beginning of the disruption, there have been recent periods of volatility and there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions will not repeat themselves in the future. If similar adverse and volatile market conditions repeat in the future, we and other companies in the financial services sector may have to access, if available, alternative markets for debt and equity capital in order to grow. Equity capital may be particularly difficult to raise during periods of adverse or volatile market conditions because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional Units at a price less than the NAV per Unit without first obtaining approval for such issuance from the Unitholders and the Independent Directors.

Moreover, the re-appearance of market conditions similar to those experienced from 2008 through 2009 for any substantial length of time could make it difficult for us to borrow money or to extend the maturity of or refinance any indebtedness we may have under similar terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if any, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than would currently be available. If we are unable to raise or refinance debt, Unitholders may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or to fund existing commitments to our portfolio companies.

Given the periods of extreme volatility and dislocation in the capital markets from time to time, many BDCs have faced, and may in the future face, a challenging environment in which to raise or access capital. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets, including the extreme volatility and disruption over the past several years, has had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on assets valuations and on the potential for liquidity events. While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our Investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an Investment through our maturity). As a result, volatility in the capital markets can adversely affect our Investment valuations. Further, the illiquidity of our Investments may make it difficult for us to sell such Investments to access capital if required. As a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our Investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. In addition, a prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An inability to raise or access capital could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to risks associated with investments in energy companies.

The energy industry has been in a period of disruption and volatility that has been characterized by decreases in oil and gas prices and production levels. This disruption and volatility has led to, and future disruptions and volatility may lead to, decreases in the credit quality and performance of our potential debt and equity Investments in energy companies, which could, in turn, negatively impact the fair value of our Investments in energy companies. Any prolonged decline in oil and gas prices or production levels could adversely impact the ability of our potential portfolio companies in the energy industry to satisfy financial or operating covenants that may be imposed by us and other lenders or to make payments to us as and when due, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, energy companies are subject to supply and demand fluctuations in the markets in which they operate, which are impacted by numerous factors, including weather, use of renewable fuel sources, natural disasters, governmental regulation and general economic conditions, in addition to the effects of increasing regulation and general operational risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the performance and value of our energy-related Investments as well as our cash flows from such Investments.

We may be subject to risks associated with investments in real estate loans.

Our Investment Adviser, on our behalf, may periodically invest in loans related to real estate and real estate- related assets, and such investments will be subject to the risks inherent to investment in real estate-related assets generally. These risks include, but are not limited to, regional, national and international economic conditions, the supply and demand for properties, the financial resources of tenants, buyers and sellers of properties, changes in building, environmental, zoning and other laws and regulations, changes in real property tax rates, changes in interest rates and the availability of financing, which may render the sale or refinancing of properties difficult or impracticable, environmental liabilities, uninsured losses, acts of God, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war (declared and undeclared), strikes and other factors which are beyond the control of our Investment Adviser and us.

Our operation as a BDC imposes numerous constraints on us and significantly reduces our operating flexibility. In addition, if we fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company, which would subject us to additional regulatory restrictions.

The Investment Company Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs generally are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private companies or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high- quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the time of investment. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the Investment Company Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us and/or expose us to claims of private litigants.

We may be precluded from investing in what our Investment Adviser believes are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we will be prohibited from making any additional investment that is not a qualifying asset and could be forced to forgo attractive investment opportunities. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position).

If we fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company that is required to register under the Investment Company Act, which would subject us to additional regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease our operating flexibility. In addition, any such failure could cause an event of default under any outstanding indebtedness we might have, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on all of our income if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

Although we intend to elect to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing our taxable year ending December 31, 2016, we cannot assure you that we will be able to qualify for and maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC status and be relieved of U.S. federal income taxes on income and gains distributed to Unitholders, we must meet the annual distribution, source-of-income and asset diversification requirements described below.

•

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to Unitholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (generally, our net ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction) for each taxable year. Because we expect to use debt financing, we expect to be subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the Investment Company Act, and we expect to be subject to certain covenants contained in our credit agreements and other debt financing agreements. This asset coverage ratio requirement and these covenants could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions to Unitholders that are necessary for us to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, and thus are unable to make sufficient distributions to Unitholders, we could fail to qualify for or maintain our RIC status and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes).

•

The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if at least 90% of our gross income for each year is derived from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stick or securities.

•

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if, at the end of each quarter of our taxable year, at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other acceptable securities, and no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in us having to dispose of certain Investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our Investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain our RIC status for any reason, and we do not qualify for certain relief provisions under the Code, we would be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes). In this event, the resulting taxes and any resulting penalties could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of our income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions to Unitholders, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

We are dependent upon management personnel of our Investment Adviser for our success.

We do not have any employees. We depend on the experience, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team, together with other investment professionals that our Investment Adviser currently employs, or may subsequently retain, to identify, evaluate, negotiate, structure, close, monitor and manage our Investments. Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Investment Adviser’s senior investment professionals. The departure of any of our Investment Adviser’s key personnel, including members of the Investment Committee, or of a significant number of the investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we cannot assure investors that our Investment Adviser will remain our investment adviser or that we will continue to have access to our Investment Adviser or its investment professionals. See “—Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice. We may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.”

The downgrade of the U.S. credit rating and the economic crisis in Europe could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Beginning in August 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for the United States and certain European countries, which negatively impacted global markets and economic conditions. The financial markets continue to reflect concern and a loss of investor confidence globally about the ability of certain countries to finance their deficits and service growing debt burdens amid difficult economic conditions. The potential for insolvency has led to financial rescue measures for Greece, Portugal and Ireland by Euro-zone countries, the European Central Bank and the International Monetary Fund. The actions required to be taken by those countries as a condition to rescue packages, and by other countries to mitigate similar developments in their economies, have resulted in increased political and economic discord within and among Euro-zone countries. The interdependencies among European economies and financial institutions (in particular the European Central Bank, which has played a growing role during the crisis) have also exacerbated concern regarding the stability of European financial markets generally and certain institutions in particular.

Recent U.S. “fiscal cliff” and budget deficit concerns and difficulties in approving annual budgets and increases in the federal debt ceiling, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. In addition, the economic downturn and the significant government interventions into the financial markets and fiscal stimulus spending over the last several years have contributed to significantly increased U.S. budget deficits. There can be no assurance that future fiscal or monetary measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. In December 2016, the Federal Reserve raised its federal funds target rate. If key economic indicators such as the unemployment rate or inflation do not progress at a rate consistent with the Federal Reserve’s objectives, the Federal Reserve could revise the target federal funds rate. Any change in the federal funds target rate could have an adverse impact on our ability to borrow money on terms we determine to be commercially acceptable or at all, or impact returns on our Investments. These and any future developments and reactions of the credit markets toward these developments could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to obtain debt financing on favorable terms. The impact of the downgrades of the sovereign credit ratings of the United States and certain European countries, any further downgrades of such sovereign credit ratings or the economic crisis in Europe on the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions is unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our Investment Adviser’s ability to manage our future growth effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Investment Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the structuring of our investment process and the ability of our Investment Adviser to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us. Our executive officers and the members of the Investment Committee have substantial responsibilities in connection with their roles at our Investment Adviser, with respect to GS BDC, GS MMLC and other clients of our Investment Adviser, as well as responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement. We may also be called upon to provide significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of Investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, our Investment Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise, manage and retain new employees. However, we cannot assure investors that we will be able to do so effectively. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to grow depends on our access to adequate capital.

If we do not have adequate capital available for investment, our performance could be adversely affected. In addition, we intend to elect to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016. To qualify, and maintain our qualification as a RIC, among other requirements, we will be required to timely distribute to Unitholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, if any, for each taxable year. Consequently, such distributions will not be available to fund new Investments. During the Investment Period, we may issue Units to new subscribers, but our ability to sell additional securities may be adversely affected by a number of factors including our performance prior to such date or general market conditions. While we are permitted to reinvest proceeds realized from the sale or repayment of Investments during the Investment Period, subject to the requirements of Section 852(a) of Subchapter M of the Code and the terms of any indebtedness or Preferred Units, after the expiration of the Investment Period, we will not be permitted to do so, subject to certain exceptions. Accordingly, after the Investment Period, we expect to use debt financing to fund our growth, if any. Unfavorable economic or capital market conditions may increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. An inability to successfully access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital. These constraints may hinder our Investment Adviser’s ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to raise additional capital, and the ways in which we can do so. Raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage, and may result in dilution to current Unitholders. The Investment Company Act limits our ability to borrow amounts or issue debt securities or Preferred Units, which are referred to collectively herein as “senior securities,” to amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined under the Investment Company Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing or issuance (except in connection with certain trading practices or investments). Consequently, if the value of our assets declines, we may be required to sell a portion of our Investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when this may be disadvantageous to us and, as a result, Unitholders. A recent legislative proposal, if passed, would modify the relevant section of the Investment Company Act and, subject to unitholder approval, increase the amount of debt that we may incur. As a result, we may be able to incur additional leverage in the future, and the risks associated with an investment in us may increase accordingly.

A Unitholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional Units, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

Unitholders do not have preemptive rights to any Units we issue in the future. We may decide, at a Subsequent Closing Date and in accordance with the process described below, to issue additional equity interests at or below the NAV per Unit. To the extent we issue additional equity interests, a Unitholder’s percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, if such Units are issued below NAV, existing Unitholders may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of their Units.

We are generally not able to issue and sell Units at a price per Unit below the then-current NAV per Unit. We may, however, sell Units, warrants, options or rights to acquire Units, at a price below the then-current NAV per Unit (i) with the consent of a majority in interest of our Unitholders (and a majority in interest of our Unitholders who are not affiliates of us) and (ii) if, among other things, a majority of our Independent Directors and a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction determine that such sale is in the best interests of us and our Unitholders.

We have the right to call Commitments from each investor subscribing at a Subsequent Closing Date to purchase Units in an amount such that the percentage of Commitment contributed by each Unitholder in us will be the same (excluding any Defaulting Unitholder). If our NAV has decreased between the Initial Closing Date and such Subsequent Closing Date, the investors subscribing on the Subsequent Closing Date will receive more Units than they would have received had they subscribed for Units on the Initial Closing Date and accordingly, Unitholders who subscribed on the Initial Closing Date would have their percentage ownership interest in us further diluted.

We borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.

As part of our business strategy, we may borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders or investors. Holders of these senior securities or other credit facilities will have claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of Unitholders. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than we otherwise would have if we did not employ leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than we would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to Unitholders. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Additionally, we will be able to incur additional leverage if we are able to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to exclude the debt of any small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiary we may form in the future from the leverage requirements otherwise applicable to BDCs. We have not yet applied to the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) for approval to form an SBIC and we can offer no assurances as to whether or when we will be able to form an SBIC subsidiary or obtain such exemptive relief.

In addition to having fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our Unitholders, any obligations to the lenders will be secured by a first priority security interest in our portfolio of investments and cash. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds to the extent of their security interest before any distributions are made to our Unitholders. Furthermore, our revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), lead arranger, letter of credit issuer and lender imposes, and any credit agreement or other debt financing agreement into which we may enter may impose, financial and operating covenants that restrict our investment activities (including restrictions on industry concentrations), remedies on default and similar matters. In connection with borrowings, our lenders may also require us to pledge assets.

In addition, we may be unable to obtain our desired leverage, which would, in turn, affect investors’ return on investment. We currently do not intend to enter into any collateral and asset reuse arrangements, but may decide to enter into such an arrangement in the future.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our Units assuming various annual returns on our portfolio, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical, and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.


	Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)
Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)		(10.00	)%	(5.00	)%	0.00	%	5.00	%	10.00	%
Corresponding return to Unitholders⁽¹⁾		(18.35	)%	(10.13	)%	(1.91	)%	6.32	%	14.54	%

(1)

Assumes (i) $344.47 million in total assets as of December 31, 2016, (ii) $130.00 million in outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2016, (iii) $209.44 million in net assets as of December 31, 2016 and (iv) an annualized average interest rate on our indebtedness as of December 31, 2016, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 3.07%.

Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $130.00 million as of December 31, 2016 and an annualized average interest rate on our indebtedness as of December 31, 2016, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 3.07%, our investment portfolio at fair value would have had to produce an annual return of approximately 2.00% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.

The SEC has proposed a new rule under the Investment Company Act that would govern the use of derivatives (defined to include any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option or any similar instrument) as well as financial commitment transactions (defined to include reverse repurchase agreements, short sale borrowings and any firm or standby commitment agreement or similar agreement) by BDCs. Under the proposed rule, a BDC would be required to comply with one of two alternative portfolio limitations and manage the risks associated with derivatives transactions and financial commitment transactions by segregating certain assets. Furthermore, a BDC that engages in more than a limited amount of derivatives transactions or that uses complex derivatives would be required to establish a formalized derivatives risk management program. If the SEC adopts this rule in the form proposed, our ability to enter into transactions involving such instruments may be hindered, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

A number of entities, including GS BDC and GS MMLC, compete with us to make the types of investments that we make in middle-market companies. We compete with other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, CLOs, private funds, including hedge funds, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are more experienced, substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Some competitors may have a lower cost of funds, perpetual fund lives and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, certain of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on us as a BDC and that the Code will impose on us as a RIC. Additionally, an investment opportunity may be appropriate for one or more of us and GS BDC, GS MMLC or any other investment fund managed by our affiliates, and co-investment may not be possible. In these instances GSAM will adhere to its investment allocation policy in order to determine to which entity to allocate the opportunity. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to secure attractive investment opportunities from time to time.

We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and GSAM believes that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we will offer. Rather, we compete with our competitors based on our reputation in the market, our existing investment platform, the seasoned investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, our experience and focus on middle- market companies, our disciplined investment philosophy, our extensive industry focus and relationships and our flexible transaction structuring.

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss. As a result of operating in such a competitive environment, we may make Investments that are on less favorable terms than what we may have originally anticipated, which may impact our return on these Investments. We cannot assure investors that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser’s Incentive Fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.

Our Investment Adviser is entitled to an Incentive Fee from us based on our investment performance. The Incentive Fee payable by us to our Investment Adviser may create an incentive for our Investment Adviser to make investments on behalf of us that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such a compensation arrangement, and also to incur leverage, which will tend to enhance returns where our portfolio has positive returns.

Beneficial owners of our equity securities may be subject to certain regulatory requirements based on their ownership percentages.

Ownership information for any person or group that beneficially owns more than 5% of the Units is required to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. Although we will provide in our quarterly statements the amount of outstanding Units, the responsibility for determining the filing obligation and preparing the filing remains with the investor. In addition beneficial owners of 10% or more of our Units will be subject to reporting obligations under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

An investor may be subject to filing requirements under the Exchange Act as a result of its investment in us.

An investor may be subject to the short-swing profits rules under the Exchange Act as a result of its investment in us.

Persons with the right to appoint a director or who beneficially own more than 10% of the Units may be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, which recaptures for our benefit profits from the purchase and sale of registered Units within a six-month period.

Certain investors will be limited in their ability to make significant investments in us.

Private funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” either pursuant to Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act are restricted from acquiring directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding voting equity (measured at the time of the acquisition). Investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act are also subject to this restriction as well as other limitations under the Investment Company Act that would restrict the amount that they are able to invest in our securities. As a result, certain investors may be precluded from acquiring additional Units, at a time that they might desire to do so.

Investors may fail to pay their Undrawn Commitment.

The obligations of Unitholders to fund Undrawn Commitments is without defense, counterclaim or offset of any kind. However, if a Unitholder fails to pay any amount of its Commitment when called, other Unitholders who have an Undrawn Commitment may be required to fund their respective Commitments sooner and in a greater amount (but not more than their Undrawn Commitment) than they otherwise would have absent such a default.

In addition, if funding of Commitments by other Unitholders and borrowings by us are inadequate to cover defaulted Commitments, we may make fewer Investments and be less diversified than if all Unitholders had paid their contributions. Additionally, we may be forced to obtain substitute sources of liquidity by selling Investments (to the extent permitted by the LLC Agreement) to meet our funding obligations. Such forced sales of investment assets by us may be at disadvantageous prices. In addition, if we are not able to obtain substitute sources of liquidity, we may default on our funding obligations.

Potential conflicts of interest with other businesses of Goldman Sachs could impact our investment returns.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively impact our investment returns. A number of these potential conflicts of interest with affiliates of our Investment Adviser and Group Inc. are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this report.

Group Inc., including its affiliates and personnel, is a bank holding company and a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization, and a major participant in global financial markets that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, financer, advisor, market maker, proprietary trader, prime broker, lender, agent and principal. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs purchases, sells and holds a broad array of investments, actively trades securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products for its own Accounts or for the Accounts of its customers, and has other direct and indirect interests, in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity, bank loan and other markets in which we invest or may invest. Such additional businesses and interests will likely give rise to potential conflicts of interest and may restrict the way we operate our business. For example, (1) we may not be able to conduct transactions relating to investments in portfolio companies because our Investment Adviser is not permitted to obtain or use material nonpublic information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for us, or (2) Goldman Sachs, the clients it advises, and its personnel may engage (or consider engaging) in commercial arrangements or transactions with us (subject to any limitations under the law), and/or may compete for commercial arrangements or transactions in the same types of companies, assets, securities or other assets or instruments as us. Transactions by, advice to and activities of such Accounts (including potentially Goldman Sachs acting on a proprietary basis), may involve the same or related companies, securities or other assets or instruments as those in which we invest and may negatively affect us (including our ability to engage in a transaction or other activities) or the prices or terms at which our transactions or other activities may be effected. For example, Goldman Sachs may be engaged to provide advice to an account that is considering entering into a transaction with us, and Goldman Sachs may advise the account not to pursue the transaction with us, or otherwise in connection with a potential transaction provide advice to the account that would be adverse to us. See “Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest” and “—Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.”

Furthermore, Goldman Sachs is currently, and in the future expects to be, raising capital for new public and private investment vehicles that have, or when formed will have, the primary purpose of middle-market direct lending. These investment vehicles, as well as existing investment vehicles (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), will compete with us for investments. Although our Investment Adviser and its affiliates will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities among their clients, including us, in a fair and equitable manner and consistent with applicable allocation procedures, it is expected that, in the future, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in investments made by other clients or entities managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates or that we may participate in such investments to a lesser extent due to participation by such other clients or entities.

In addition, subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs or another investment vehicle managed by Goldman Sachs may hold securities of a portfolio company in a different class or a different part of the capital structure of such portfolio company than us. As a result, Goldman Sachs or another investment vehicle may pursue or enforce rights or activities, or refrain from pursuing or enforcing rights or activities, on behalf of its own account, that could have an adverse effect on us. In addition, to the extent Goldman Sachs has invested in a portfolio company for its own account, Goldman Sachs may limit the transactions engaged in by us with respect to such portfolio company or issuer for reputational, legal or other reasons.

The Board of Directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or Unitholder approval.

The Board of Directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice (except as required by the Investment Company Act or other applicable laws) and without Unitholder approval. However, absent Unitholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and value of the Units. Nevertheless, the effects may adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, changes in the interpretation thereof or newly enacted laws or regulations, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain of our or our portfolio companies’ business practices, negatively impact us or our portfolio companies’ operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation at the local, state, federal and, in some cases, foreign levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, are likely to change from time to time, and new laws and regulations may be enacted. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, changes in their interpretation, or newly enacted laws or regulations, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain of our or our portfolio companies’ business practices, negatively impact us or our portfolio companies’ operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies. In addition to the legal, tax and regulatory changes that are expected to occur, there may be unanticipated changes and uncertainty regarding any such changes. The legal, tax and regulatory environment for BDCs, investment advisers and the instruments that they utilize (including derivative instruments) is continuously evolving. In addition, there is significant uncertainty regarding recently enacted legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the regulations that have recently been adopted and future regulations that will need to be adopted pursuant to such legislation) and, consequently, the full impact that such legislation will ultimately have on us and the markets in which we trade and invest is not fully known. Such uncertainty and any resulting confusion may itself be detrimental to the efficient functioning of the markets and the success of certain investment strategies.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which impacts many aspects of the financial services industry. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been implemented, while others have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates and will require extensive rulemaking by regulatory authorities. While the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us and our portfolio companies may not be known for an extended period of time, the Dodd-Frank Act, including current rules and regulations and proposed rules implementing its provisions and the interpretation of those rules, along with other legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation that are proposed or pending in the U.S. Congress, may negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us and our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us and our portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or otherwise adversely affect our business.

Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice. We may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon 60 days’ written notice, regardless of whether we have found a replacement. If our Investment Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new external investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected.

Our Investment Adviser’s responsibilities and its liability to us are limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Investment Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by us in connection with the matters to which the Investment Advisory Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on our Investment Adviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by our Investment Adviser of its obligations and duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Any person, even though also employed by our Investment Adviser, who may be or become an employee of and paid by us shall be deemed, when acting within the scope of his or her employment by us, to be acting in such employment solely for us and not as our Investment Adviser’s employee or agent. These protections may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account. See “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our Investment Adviser’s Incentive Fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.”

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

As a BDC, we are prohibited under the Investment Company Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of the Independent Directors who have no financial interest in the transaction, or in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. For example, any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities is deemed to be an affiliate for purposes of the Investment Company Act and, if this is the only reason such person is an affiliate, we are generally prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset (other than Units) to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of such directors. The Investment Company Act also prohibits “joint transactions” with an affiliate, which could include joint investments in the same portfolio company, without approval of the Independent Directors or in some cases the prior approval of the SEC. Moreover, except in certain limited circumstances, we are prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset to a holder of more than 25% of our voting securities, absent prior approval of the SEC. The analysis of whether a particular transaction constitutes a joint transaction requires a review of the relevant facts and circumstances then existing.

In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief.

Additionally, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another client sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser has previously invested, including GS BDC and GS MMLC.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including interest rates payable on debt Investments we make, default rates on such Investments, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in certain markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Our debt Investments may be based on floating rates, such as the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our Investments, the value of the Units and our rate of return on invested capital. We expect that most of our floating rate Investments will be linked to LIBOR and it is unclear how increased regulatory oversight and changes in the method for determining LIBOR may affect the value of the financial obligations to be held by or issued to us that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations.

Because we borrow money, our net investment income depends, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay distributions on preferred stock and the rate that our Investments yield. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

A reduction in the interest rates on new Investments relative to interest rates on current Investments could also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. However, an increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any Investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates, including subordinated loans, senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans and high yield bonds, and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in Units less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of the Units.

Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold Investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from Investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

In periods of rising interest rates, to the extent we borrow money subject to a floating interest rate, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold Investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from Investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

If general interest rates rise, there is a risk that the portfolio companies in which we hold floating rate securities will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interest rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. In addition, rising interest rates may increase pressure on us to provide fixed rate loans to our portfolio companies, which could adversely affect our net investment income, as increases in our cost of borrowed funds would not be accompanied by increased interest income from such fixed-rate investments

A change in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to a change in the interest rate we receive on many of our debt Investments. Accordingly, a change in the interest rate could make it easier for us to meet or exceed the performance threshold in our Investment Advisory Agreement and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of Incentive Fees payable to our Investment Adviser.

Our activities may be limited as a result of potentially being deemed to be controlled by a bank holding company.

Goldman Sachs is a BHC under the BHCA and is therefore subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. In addition, Goldman Sachs is a FHC under the BHCA, which is a status available to BHCs that meet certain criteria. FHCs may engage in a broader range of activities than BHCs that are not FHCs. However, the activities of FHCs and their affiliates remain subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHCA and related regulations. Because Goldman Sachs may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, these restrictions could apply to us as well. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, may restrict our investments, transactions and operations and may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us on the other hand. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to Goldman Sachs and us may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of our Investments and restrict our and our Investment Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invest. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by Goldman Sachs and its affiliates (including our Investment Adviser) for client and proprietary Accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, Goldman Sachs may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary Accounts or for the Accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain Investments.

These restrictions may materially adversely affect us by, among other things, affecting our Investment Adviser’s ability to pursue certain strategies within our investment program or trade in certain securities. In addition, Goldman Sachs may cease in the future to qualify as an FHC, which may subject us to additional restrictions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the bank regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and us, or the interpretation thereof, will not change, or that any such change will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Goldman Sachs may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Investment Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, us or other funds and Accounts managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. Goldman Sachs may seek to accomplish this result by causing GSAM to resign as our Investment Adviser, voting for changes to the Board of Directors, causing Goldman Sachs personnel to resign from the Board of Directors, reducing the amount of Goldman Sachs’ investment in us (if any), revoking our right to use the Goldman Sachs name or any combination of the foregoing, or by such other means as it determines in its sole discretion. Any replacement investment adviser appointed by us may be unaffiliated with Goldman Sachs.

Commodity Futures Trading Commission rulemaking may have a negative impact on us and our Investment Adviser.

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the SEC have issued final rules establishing that certain swap transactions are subject to CFTC regulation. Engaging in such swap or other commodity interest transactions such as futures contracts or options on futures contracts may cause us to fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act and related CFTC regulations. Our Investment Adviser has claimed no-action relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator pursuant to a CFTC staff no-action letter with respect to our operations, with the result that we will be limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, the CFTC staff no action letter (the “BDC CFTC No-Action Letter”) imposes strict limitations on engaging in such transactions other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of transactions not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such transactions does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio. Moreover, we anticipate entering such transactions involving such derivatives to a very limited extent solely for hedging purposes or otherwise within the limitations of the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter.

We are dependent on information systems, and systems failures, as well as operating failures, could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business is dependent on our Investment Adviser’s and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement or an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

•

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

•

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

•

disease pandemics;

•

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

•

cyber-attacks.

In addition to our dependence on information systems, poor operating performance by our service providers could adversely impact us.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the value of Units and our ability to pay distributions to Unitholders.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our business relationships. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by Goldman Sachs and third-party service providers. Goldman Sachs and these third-party service providers have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.

Risks Relating to Our Portfolio Company Investments

Our investments are very risky and highly speculative.

We invest primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as select equity investments. The securities in which we invest will generally not be rated by any rating agency, and if they were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service and lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or S&P). These securities, which may be referred to as “junk bonds,” “high yield bonds” or “leveraged loans,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Therefore, our investments may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal. We also may invest in other assets, including U.S. government securities and structured securities. These investments entail additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns.

Secured Debt. When we make a secured debt investment, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of any subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our debt investment may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors, such as trade creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt investment. Consequently, the fact that our debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt investment’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan, in full or at all, should we enforce our remedies.

Unsecured Debt, including Mezzanine Debt. Our unsecured debt investments, including mezzanine debt investments, generally will be subordinated to senior debt in the event of an insolvency. This may result in an above average amount of risk and loss of principal.

Equity Investments. When we invest in secured debt or unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities from the company in which we make the investment. In addition, we may invest in the equity securities of portfolio companies independent of any debt investment. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we hold may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

•

such companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

•

such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

•

such companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

•

such companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position;

•

there is generally little public information about these companies, they and their financial information are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other regulations that govern public companies and we may be unable to uncover all material information about these companies, which may prevent us from making a fully informed investment decision and cause us to lose money on our Investments;

•

our executive officers, directors and Investment Adviser may be named as defendants in litigation arising from our Investments in the portfolio companies; and

•

such companies may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness, including any debt securities held by us, upon maturity.

Many of our portfolio securities do not have a readily available market price and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors, which valuation is inherently subjective and may not reflect what we may actually realize for the sale of the Investment.

Our NAV is determined on a quarterly basis by our Board of Directors in conjunction with Independent Valuation Advisors (as defined below).

The majority of our Investments are expected to be in debt instruments that do not have readily ascertainable market prices. The fair value of assets that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available will be determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is expected to utilize the services of independent third-party valuation firms (“Independent Valuation Advisors”) in determining the fair value of any securities as of each quarter end. Investment professionals from our Investment Adviser will also prepare portfolio company valuations using sources and/or proprietary models depending on the availability of information on our assets and the type of asset being valued, all in accordance with our valuation policy.

Because fair valuations, and particularly fair valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and are often based to a large extent on estimates, comparisons and qualitative evaluations of private information, it may be more difficult for investors to value accurately our Investments and could lead to undervaluation or overvaluation of the Units. In addition, the valuation of these types of securities may result in substantial write-downs and earnings volatility.

Our NAV as of a particular date may be materially greater than or less than the value that would be realized if our assets were to be liquidated as of such date. For example, if we were required to sell a certain asset or all or a substantial portion of our assets on a particular date, the actual price that we would realize upon the disposition of such asset or assets could be materially less than the value of such asset or assets as reflected in our NAV. Volatile market conditions could also cause reduced liquidity in the market for certain assets, which could result in liquidation values that are materially less than the values of such assets as reflected in our NAV.

We expect that when our NAV is determined other than on a quarter-end (such as in connection with issuances of shares of our common Units on dates occurring mid-quarter), such determinations of NAV will typically be made by our Investment Adviser, acting under delegated authority from, and subject to the supervision of our Board of Directors. While such NAV determinations would be made in accordance with procedures adopted by our Board of Directors, such intra-quarter NAV determinations would not follow the same procedures as quarter-end NAV determinations, such as the input of our Audit Committee or Independent Valuation Advisors, which may heighten the risks described above. However, we intend to comply at all times with the limitations of Section 23 under the Investment Company Act (which generally prohibits us from issuing Units at a price below the then-current NAV of the Units as determined within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays, of such issuance, subject to certain exceptions).

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

Various restrictions render our Investments relatively illiquid, which may adversely affect our business. As we generally make investments in private companies, substantially all of these Investments are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. Our Investment Adviser is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for us, which could create an additional limitation on the liquidity of our Investments. The illiquidity of our Investments may make it difficult for us to sell such Investments if the need arises. Therefore, if we are required to or desire to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our Investments, or could be unable to dispose of our Investments in a timely manner or at such times as we deem advisable.

Our portfolio may be focused in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies default on their obligations under any of their debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, which means that we are not limited by the Investment Company Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer, excluding limitations on investments in certain other financial and investment companies. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or industries, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. In addition, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of Investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one Investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly affect our aggregate returns. Further, any industry in which we are meaningfully concentrated at any given time could be subject to significant risks that could adversely impact our aggregate returns. For example, as of December 31, 2016, Diversified Financial Services and Insurance represented 20% and 14%, respectively, of our portfolio at fair value.

We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. While we are obligated as a BDC to offer to make managerial assistance available to our portfolio companies, there can be no assurance that management personnel of our portfolio companies will accept or rely on such assistance. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity Investments that we may hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our Investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our Investments.

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.

To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our Investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these Investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non- recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. Any interest in any such CLO held by us may be considered a “non-qualifying asset” for purposes of the Investment Company Act.

If we create a CLO, we will depend on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of our earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to Unitholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. For example, tests (based on interest coverage or other financial ratios or other criteria) may restrict our ability, as holder of a CLO’s equity interests, to receive cash flow from these Investments. There is no assurance any such performance tests will be satisfied. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over- collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt. As a result, there may be a lag, which could be significant, between the repayment or other realization on a loan or other assets in, and the distribution of cash out of, a CLO, or cash flow may be completely restricted for the life of the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we could fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrower, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to Unitholders.

To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests. Finally, any equity interests that we retain in a CLO will not be secured by the assets of the CLO, and we will rank behind all creditors of the CLO.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to:

•

increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage;

•

exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or

•

attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our Investment.

We will have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources and the limitations set forth in “Item 1(c). Description of Business.” The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and the initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or compliance with the requirements for maintenance of RIC status.

The portfolio companies may prepay loans, which may reduce stated yields in the future if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

Certain of the loans we make are prepayable at any time, with some prepayable at no premium to par. We cannot predict when such loans may be prepaid. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that permit such portfolio company to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. In periods of rising interest rates, the risk of prepayment of floating rate loans may increase if other financing sources are available. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan prepaid early may reduce the achievable yield for us in the future below the current yield disclosed for our portfolio if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

Investments in common and preferred equity securities, many of which are illiquid with no readily available market, involve a substantial degree of risk.

Although common stock has historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long term, common stock also has experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Our equity investments may fail to appreciate and may decline in value or become worthless, and our ability to recover our investment will depend on our portfolio company’s success. Investments in equity securities involve a number of significant risks, including:

•

any equity investment we make in a portfolio company could be subject to further dilution as a result of the issuance of additional equity interests and to serious risks as a junior security that will be subordinate to all indebtedness (including trade creditors) or senior securities in the event that the issuer is unable to meet its obligations or becomes subject to a bankruptcy process;

•

to the extent that the portfolio company requires additional capital and is unable to obtain it, we may not recover our investment; and

•

in some cases, equity securities in which we invest will not pay current dividends, and our ability to realize a return on our investment, as well as to recover our investment, will be dependent on the success of the portfolio company.

Even if the portfolio company is successful, our ability to realize the value of our Investment may be dependent on the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as a public offering or the sale of the portfolio company. It is likely to take a significant amount of time before a liquidity event occurs or we can otherwise sell our Investment. In addition, the equity securities we receive or invest in may be subject to restrictions on resale during periods in which it could be advantageous to sell them.

There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:

•

preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If we own a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, we may be required to report income for tax purposes before we receive such distributions;

•

preferred securities are subordinated to debt in terms of priority to income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt;

•

preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stock or U.S. government securities; and

•

generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company, subject to limited exceptions.

Additionally, when we invest in debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the equity securities of investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the Investment Company Act and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of any such company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay the Management Fee and Incentive Fee to our Investment Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of such companies. With respect to each of these investments, the Unitholders will bear their pro rata share of the Management Fee and Incentive Fee due to our Investment Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any such investment funds.

By originating loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, we may be exposed to distressed lending risks.

As part of our lending activities, we may originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Although the terms of such financing may result in significant financial returns to us, they involve a substantial degree of risk. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. We cannot assure you that we will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing our loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower.

We may be exposed to special risks associated with bankruptcy cases.

Many of the events within a bankruptcy case are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would not approve actions that may be contrary to our interests. Furthermore, there are instances where creditors can lose their ranking and priority if they are considered to have taken over management of a borrower.

The reorganization of a company can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to a lender and the borrower; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays; and during the process a company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and a company may not be able to invest its capital adequately. In some cases, the debtor company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. The debt of companies in financial reorganization will, in most cases, not pay current interest, may not accrue interest during reorganization and may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental value.

In addition, lenders can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them where they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over the borrower. For example, we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, if, among other things, the borrower requests significant managerial assistance from us and we provide such assistance as contemplated by the Investment Company Act.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds of the funds we raise from investors and will use proceeds in part to satisfy operating expenses.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to successfully deploy capital that we raise from investors in a timeframe that will permit investors to earn above-market returns. To the extent we are unable to invest substantially all of the capital we raise within our contemplated timeframe, our investment income, and in turn our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected. See “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—We are a new company and have limited operating history.”

We intend to use substantially all of the proceeds from the offering of Units, net of expenses, to make investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies. We anticipate that the remainder will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including the payment of operating expenses. However, subject to the restrictions of applicable law and regulations, including the Investment Company Act, we have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds of the funds we raise from investors and may use the net proceeds in ways with which Unitholders may not agree, or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the capital raising. We may also pay operating expenses, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new Investments, from net proceeds. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that net proceeds of the funds we raise from investors, pending full investment by us in portfolio companies, are used to pay operating expenses.

Declines in market prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets can result in significant net unrealized depreciation of our portfolio, which in turn would reduce our NAV.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our Investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors. We may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our Investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company (the entire value of the portfolio company to a market participant, including the sum of the values of debt and equity securities used to capitalize the enterprise at a point in time), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow (taking into consideration current market interest rates and credit spreads), the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to similar publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

While most of our Investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our Investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an Investment through its maturity). As a result, volatility in the capital markets can also adversely affect our Investment valuations. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our Investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio can reduce our NAV by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer unrealized losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic downturns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, during these periods our non-performing assets may increase and the value of our portfolio may decrease if we are required to write down the values of our Investments. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit use. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on the portfolio company’s assets representing collateral for its obligations. This could trigger cross defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold and the value of any equity securities we own. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may have incurred or issued, or may in the future incur or issue, debt or equity securities that rank equally with, or senior to, our Investments in such companies, which could have an adverse effect on us in any liquidation of the portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt, or issue other equity securities that rank equally with or senior to, our Investments. By their terms, such instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of dividends, interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of our Investments. These debt instruments would usually prohibit the portfolio companies from paying interest on or repaying our Investments in the event and during the continuance of a default under such debt. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of securities ranking senior to our Investment in that portfolio company typically are entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our Investment. After repaying such holders, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of securities ranking equally with our Investments, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other security holders in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt, which will be secured on a first priority basis. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing any junior priority loans we make to our portfolio companies may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that senior obligations are outstanding, we may forfeit certain rights with respect to the collateral to the holders of the senior obligations. These rights may include the right to commence enforcement proceedings against the collateral, the right to control the conduct of such enforcement proceedings, the right to approve amendments to collateral documents, the right to release liens on the collateral and the right to waive past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights as junior lenders are adversely affected. In addition, a bankruptcy court may choose not to enforce an intercreditor agreement or other arrangement with creditors. Similar risks to the foregoing may apply where we hold the last out piece of a unitranche loan.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such portfolio companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then the unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Many of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these portfolio companies and to us as an investor. These portfolio companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these portfolio companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these portfolio companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Our Investments in non-U.S. companies may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. Investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates potential Investments in securities of non-U.S. companies to the extent permissible under the Investment Company Act. Investing in non-U.S. companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes (potentially at confiscatory levels), less liquid markets, less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks are likely to be more pronounced for investments in companies located in emerging markets and particularly for middle market companies in these economies.

Any Investments that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure investors that such strategies will be effective or without risk to us.

The United Kingdom referendum decision to leave the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and our Investments.

The recent decision made in the United Kingdom referendum to leave the European Union has led to volatility in global financial markets, and in particular in the markets of the United Kingdom and across Europe, and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in the United Kingdom and Europe. The extent and process by which the United Kingdom will exit the European Union, and the longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the European Union are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in the United Kingdom referendum may lead to a call for similar referenda in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility and uncertainty in the European and global markets. This volatility and uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of us and our portfolio companies to execute our respective strategies and to receive attractive returns.

In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of us and our portfolio companies are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for us to implement appropriate currency hedging. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of our portfolio companies located in the United Kingdom or Europe.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

Subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and applicable CFTC regulations, we may enter into hedging transactions, which may expose us to risks associated with such transactions. Such hedging may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Use of these hedging instruments may include counter-party credit risk.

Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of any hedging transactions we may enter into will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. See also “—Risk Relating to Our Business—We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.”

We have invested a significant portion of the net proceeds from the offering of Units in high-quality short- term investments, which will generate lower rates of return than those expected from the interest generated on our intended investment program.

A significant portion of the net proceeds from the offering of Units are invested in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. This investment may earn yields substantially lower than the income that we anticipate receiving once we are fully invested in accordance with our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to achieve our investment objective and/or pay any dividends while a significant portion of our assets are invested in the money market fund or, if we are able to do so, such dividends may be substantially lower than the dividends that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested. If we do not realize yields in excess of our expenses, we may incur operating losses.

Risks Relating to the Offering and to the Units

Investors who purchase Units after the Initial Drawdown Date could receive fewer Units than anticipated.

Subject to certain limited exceptions under the Investment Company Act, following the Initial Drawdown Date, Units will be offered on a private placement basis at a price equal to our then-current NAV per Unit as of the end of the most recent calendar month prior to the date of the applicable drawdown notice or issuance date, subject to the limitations of Section 23 under the Investment Company Act (which generally prohibits we from issuing Units at a price below the then-current NAV of the Units as determined within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays, of such issuance, subject to certain exceptions). As a result, in the event of an increase in our NAV per Unit, the purchase price for Units purchased on any Subsequent Closing Date may be higher than the purchase price of the Units at the Initial Closing Date, and therefore an investor may receive a smaller number of Units than if it had purchased Units on the Initial Closing Date.

The Units are limited in their transferability; we may repurchase or force a sale of a Unitholder’s Units.

Unitholders are not permitted to transfer their Units, including a transfer of solely an economic interest, without the prior written consent of us. While we expect not to unreasonably withhold our prior written consent to transfers by Unitholders, adverse tax consequences for certain of our U.S. holders may arise if we have fewer than 500 beneficial owners of our capital stock. Accordingly, we expect to withhold our consent if any such transfer would or may result in us having fewer than 550 beneficial owners of our capital stock. Additionally, we expect to withhold our consent if any such transfer would (i) be prohibited by or trigger a prepayment under our debt or other credit facilities, (ii) result in a violation of applicable securities law, (iii) result in us no longer being eligible to be treated as a RIC, (iv) result in us being subject to additional regulatory or compliance requirements imposed by laws other than the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act, or (v) result in our assets becoming “plan assets” of any ERISA Member within the meaning of the Plan Assets Regulation (the regulation concerning the definition of “plan assets” under ERISA adopted by the United State Department of Labor and codified in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA). Finally, Units may be transferred only in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of other jurisdictions, and therefore investors will be subject to restrictions on resale and transfer associated with securities sold pursuant to Regulation D, Regulation S and other exemptions from registration under the Securities Act.

Any transfer of Units in violation of these provisions will be void, and any intended recipient of the Units will acquire no rights in such Units and will not be treated as a Unitholder for any purpose. Prospective investors in us should not invest in us unless they are prepared to retain their Units until we liquidate.

Under the terms of the LLC Agreement, in the event any person is or becomes the owner of Units, and such ownership would result in a violation of any of the above provisions, we may, and each Unitholder has agreed and acknowledged that we have the power to, cause us to repurchase the Units of such person, or require such person to transfer their Units to another person; provided, any such repurchase will be conducted in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement and Section 23 of the Investment Company Act and applicable rules thereunder.

Investing in Units involves an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. The Investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore an investment in Units may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

We incur significant costs as a result of being registered under the Exchange Act.

We incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, which requires significant resources and management oversight. We will implement procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We expect to incur significant annual expenses related to these steps and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to the Administrator to compensate it for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses associated with being a public company.

The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and noncompliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us.

While we are not be required to comply with certain requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for a specified period of time or cease to be classified as an emerging growth company, under current SEC rules we will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 starting with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Thereafter, we will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We will establish formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within our organization.

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the date on which we are a “large accelerated filer” or an “accelerated filer” or the date we are no longer classified as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal control and have not yet tested our internal control in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude, as required by Section 404, that we do not have a material weakness in our internal control or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal control. As a public entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting our internal control may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize taxable income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in our taxable income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount (“OID”) or accruals on a contingent payment debt instrument, which may occur if we receive warrants in connection with the origination of a loan or possibly in other circumstances or contracted payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which generally represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment assets, and increases in loan balances as a result of PIK interest will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash. The credit risk associated with the collectability of deferred payments may be increased as and when a portfolio company increases the amount of interest on which it is deferring cash payment through deferred interest features. Our investments with a deferred interest feature may represent a higher credit risk than loans for which interest must be paid in full in cash on a regular basis. For example, even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is scheduled to occur upon maturity of the obligation.

Because in certain cases we may recognize taxable income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty making distributions to Unitholders that will be sufficient to enable it to meet the annual distribution requirement necessary for it to qualify as a RIC. Accordingly, we may need to sell some of our assets at times and/or at prices that we would not consider advantageous, we may need to raise additional equity or debt capital, or we may need to forego new investment opportunities or otherwise take actions that are disadvantageous to our business (or be unable to take actions that are advantageous to our business) to enable us to make distributions to Unitholders that will be sufficient to enable we to meet the annual distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to meet the annual distribution requirement, we may fail to qualify for the U.S. federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes).

We may in the future determine to issue Preferred Units, which could adversely affect the market value of the Units.

The issuance of Preferred Units with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of Preferred Units could make an investment in the Units less attractive. In addition, the dividends on any Preferred Units we issue must be cumulative. Payment of dividends and repayment of the liquidation preference of Preferred Units must take preference over any distributions or other payments to Unitholders, and holders of Preferred Units are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference (other than convertible Preferred Units that converts into Units). In addition, under the Investment Company Act, Preferred Units would constitute a “senior security” for purposes of the 200% asset coverage test.

We may not be able to pay investors distributions on Units, our distributions to investors may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions to investors may be a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Subject to the requirements of Section 852(a) of Subchapter M of the Code, and the terms of any indebtedness or Preferred Units, we intend to (i) distribute to Unitholders, pro rata based on the number of Units held by each Unitholder, before the end of each taxable year net proceeds attributable to the repayment or disposition of Investments (together with any interest, dividends and other net cash flow in respect of such Investments), except to the extent such proceeds from repayment or disposition are permitted to be, and are, retained for reinvestment prior to the termination of the Investment Period, (ii) distribute quarterly investment income (i.e., proceeds received in respect of interest payments, dividends or fees as opposed to proceeds received in connection with the disposition or repayment of an Investment) (commencing with the period ending December 31, 2016), and (iii) distribute all of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year in order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on such factors as the Board determines to be relevant from time to time, including our earnings, financial condition and compliance with any debt covenants we may be subject to. Accordingly, we may not pay distributions to Unitholders.

The distributions we pay to Unitholders in a year may exceed our taxable income for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes that would reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Units and correspondingly increase such holder’s gain, or reduce such holder’s loss, on disposition of such Units. Distributions in excess of a holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Units will constitute capital gains to such holder. Unitholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution from a RIC consisting of a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be under the impression that they are receiving a distribution of RIC’s net ordinary income or capital gains when they are not. Accordingly, Unitholders should read carefully any written disclosure accompanying a distribution from us and the information about the specific tax characteristics of our distributions provided to Unitholders after the end of each calendar year, and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our net ordinary income or capital gains.

Unitholders may receive Units as dividends, which could result in adverse tax consequences to them.

In order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs, we have the ability to declare a large portion of a dividend in Units instead of in cash. The Company is not subject to restrictions on the circumstances in which it may declare a portion of a dividend in Units but would generally anticipate doing so only in unusual situations, such as, for example, if we do not have sufficient cash to meet its RIC distribution requirements under the Code. Generally, were we to declare such a dividend, it would allow Unitholders to elect payment in cash and/or Units of equivalent value, with a percentage cap on the portion of the total dividend to be issued in cash (such that, if the aggregate Unitholder elections exceeded such percentage cap, each Unitholder’s cash portion would be reduced pro rata). The number of Units declared would thus depend on the applicable percentage cap, the Unitholders’ individual elections to receive cash or stock, and the value of the Units. Informal IRS guidance has suggested that, as long as each Unitholder has a right to receive no less than 20% of such dividend in cash and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution will generally be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a Unitholder generally would be taxed on 100% of the fair market value of the dividend on the date the dividend is received by the Unitholder in the same manner as a cash dividend, even though most of the dividend was paid in Units. We currently do not intend to pay dividends in Units, but there can be no assurance we will not do so in the future.

If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, U.S. Unitholders that are individuals, trusts or estates will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of our expenses.

During the period when we have elected to be treated as a RIC, we generally expect to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” as a result of Units being held by at least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year. However, we cannot assure investors that we will be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for all years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. Unitholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. Unitholder’s allocable share of the Management Fees and Incentive Fees paid to our Investment Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. Unitholder. Miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a U.S. Unitholder that is an individual, trust or estate only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. Unitholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. Unitholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code. In addition, if we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company, we will be subject to limitations on the deductibility of certain “preferential dividends” that are distributed to Unitholders on a non- pro-rata basis.

The continued uncertainty related to the sustainability and pace of economic recovery in the U.S. and globally could have a negative impact on our business.

Our business is directly influenced by the economic cycle, and could be negatively impacted by a downturn in economic activity in the US as well as globally. Fiscal and monetary actions taken by U.S. and non-U.S. government and regulatory authorities could have a material adverse impact on our business. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, along with the general policies of the incoming Presidential administration, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

Non-U.S. Unitholders may be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends paid by us.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to a non-U.S. Unitholder that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. Unitholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits.

Certain properly reported dividends are generally exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax where they are paid in respect of our (i) “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we or the non-U.S. Unitholder are at least a 10% equity holder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our net long-term capital loss for such taxable year), and certain other requirements are satisfied.

NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN AS TO WHETHER ANY OF OUR DISTRIBUTIONS WILL BE ELIGIBLE FOR THIS EXEMPTION FROM WITHHOLDING OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX OR, IF ELIGIBLE, WILL BE REPORTED AS SUCH BY US. IN PARTICULAR, THIS EXEMPTION WILL NOT APPLY TO OUR DISTRIBUTIONS PAID IN RESPECT OF OUR NON-U.S. SOURCE INTEREST INCOME OR OUR DIVIDEND INCOME (OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF INCOME OTHER THAN GENERALLY OUR NON-CONTINGENT U.S.-SOURCE INTEREST INCOME RECEIVED FROM UNRELATED OBLIGORS AND OUR QUALIFIED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS). IN THE CASE OF UNITS HELD THROUGH AN INTERMEDIARY, THE INTERMEDIARY MAY WITHHOLD U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX EVEN IF WE REPORT THE PAYMENT AS QUALIFIED NET INTEREST INCOME OR QUALIFIED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAIN. BECAUSE THE UNITS WILL BE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, AND AN INVESTMENT IN UNITS WILL GENERALLY BE ILLIQUID, NON-U.S. UNITHOLDERS WHOSE DISTRIBUTIONS ON UNITS ARE SUBJECT TO WITHHOLDING OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MAY NOT BE ABLE TO TRANSFER THEIR UNITS EASILY OR QUICKLY OR AT ALL.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

We maintain our principal executive office at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. We do not own any real estate.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under loans to or other contracts with our portfolio companies. We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

There is currently no public market for the Units, and we do not expect one to develop in the future.

Unitholders

Prior to the Initial Drawdown Date, the Initial Member, an affiliate of our Investment Adviser, was the sole owner of our membership interests, which were acquired for an initial capital contribution of $100. We cancelled the Initial Member’s interest in us on the Initial Drawdown Date. Concurrent with the cancellation, investors (other than the Initial Member) made their initial capital contribution to purchase Units.

As of February 28, 2017, there were approximately 921 holders of record of our Units.

Sales of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table summarizes the total Units issued and aggregate purchase price related to capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the Subscription Agreements during period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Unit Issue Date	Units Issued		Proceeds Received ($ in millions)
July 14, 2016		310,360	$	31.04
July 15, 2016		4,000		0.40
August 23, 2016		160,219		15.72
September 15, 2016		1,206,924		117.88
November 28, 2016		461,475		45.36

Total capital drawdowns		2,142,978	$	210.40

Each of the above issuances and sales of the Units was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D or Regulation S under the Securities Act. Each purchaser of Units was required to represent that it is (i) either an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or, in the case of Units sold outside the United States, not a “U.S. person” in accordance with Regulation S of the Securities Act and (ii) was acquiring the Units purchased by it for investment and not with a view to resale or distribution. We do not engage in general solicitation or advertising and do not offer securities to the public, in connection with such issuances and sales.

Because the Units were acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our Units may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our consent is granted, and (ii) the Units are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Unitholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Units until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of Units may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute our LLC Agreement pursuant to which they will agree to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on the Units.

Distributions

Subject to the requirements of Section 852(a) of Subchapter M of the Code, and the terms of any indebtedness or preferred Units, we intend to (i) distribute to Unitholders, pro rata based on the number of Units held by each unitholder, before the end of each taxable year, or in certain cases, during the following taxable year, net proceeds attributable to the repayment or disposition of investments (together with any interest, dividends and other net cash flow in respect of such investments), except to the extent such proceeds from repayment or disposition are retained for reinvestment prior to the termination of the Investment Period in accordance with “—Recycling” below, (ii) distribute quarterly investment income (i.e. proceeds received in respect of interest payments, dividends or fees as opposed to proceeds received in connection with the disposition or repayment of an Investment) (commencing with the quarter ending December 31, 2016), and (iii) distribute all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year in order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Depending upon the level of taxable income and net capital gain earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income or net capital gain for distribution in the following year and pay the applicable U.S. federal excise tax. Distributions under this section will be appropriately adjusted for any taxes payable by us or any direct or indirect subsidiary through which it invests (including any corporate, state, local, non-U.S. and withholding taxes). The Incentive Fee will not be reduced to take into account any such taxes.

No distribution shall be made to a Unitholder to the extent not permitted under applicable law. Although we do not intend to do so, we have the ability to declare a portion of a dividend in Units.

The following table reflects the distributions declared on our Units for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Amount Per Unit
December 7, 2016	December 29, 2016	January 18, 2017	$	1.40

The distribution declared during the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was derived from net investment income determined on a tax basis.

Recycling

Subject to the requirements of Section 852(a) of Subchapter M of the Code and the terms of any indebtedness or preferred Units, proceeds realized by us from the sale or repayment of any investment (as opposed to investment income) during the Investment Period (but not in excess of the cost of any such investment), may be retained and reinvested by us; provided that such additional amounts reinvested shall not, in the aggregate, exceed our total unitholder commitments. Any amounts so reinvested will not reduce a unitholder’s undrawn commitment.

To the extent that we retain net capital gains for reinvestment or carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year, there may be certain tax consequences to us and our unitholders.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016. The selected consolidated financial data for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The selected consolidated financial information and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.


	For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Consolidated statement of operations data (in thousands):
Total investment income	$	5,793
Net expenses		4,003

Net investment income (loss) before excise taxes		1,790
Excise tax expense		–

Net investment income (loss) after excise taxes		1,790
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments		254

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations		2,044

Per unit data
Net Asset Value	$	97.73
Net investment income (loss) (basic and diluted)	$	1.67
Earnings (basic and diluted)	$	1.91
Distributions declared	$	1.40

	As of December 31, 2016
Consolidated statement of financial condition (at period end) (in thousands):
Total assets	$	344,465
Total investments, at fair value		337,747
Total liabilities		135,024
Total debt		130,000
Total members’ capital		209,441

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and other parts of this report contain forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. The discussion and analysis contained in this section refers to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report. Please see “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with this discussion and analysis. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this report.

OVERVIEW

We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. In addition, we intend to elect to be treated and expect to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016. From our commencement of investment operations on July 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, we originated $209.65 million in aggregate principal amount of debt and equity investments prior to any subsequent exits and repayments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments. “Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different lenders in the unitranche loan. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first out” portion of such loan and retain the “last out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder over the “last out” portion that we would continue to hold. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last out” portion earns a higher interest rate. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same portfolio company.

We expect to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes), directly or indirectly in private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments. We define “credit obligations and related instruments” for this purpose as any fixed-income instrument, including loans to, and bonds and preferred stock of, portfolio companies and other instruments that provide exposure to such fixed-income instruments. While, as a result of fluctuations in the NAV of one asset relative to another asset, private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments may represent less than 80% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) at any time, we may not invest, under normal circumstances, more than 20% of our net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in securities and other instruments that are not private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments. To the extent we determine to invest indirectly in private middle-market credit obligations and related instruments, we may invest through certain synthetic instruments, including derivatives that have similar economic characteristics to private middle-market credit obligations. For purposes of determining compliance with our 80% policy, each applicable derivative instrument will be valued based upon its market value. We will notify unitholders at least 60 days prior to any change to the 80% investment policy described above.

We expect to directly or indirectly invest at least 70% of our total assets in middle-market companies domiciled in the United States. However, we may from time to time invest opportunistically in large U.S. companies, non-U.S. companies, stressed or distressed debt, structured products, private equity or other opportunities, subject to limits imposed by the Investment Company Act.

While our investment program is expected to focus primarily on debt investments, our investments may include equity features, such as a direct investment in the equity or convertible securities of a portfolio company or warrants or options to buy a minority interest in a portfolio company. Any warrants we may receive with debt securities will generally require only a nominal cost to exercise, so as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from these equity investments. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the portfolio company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity investments, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

KEY COMPONENTS OF OPERATIONS

Investments

We expect that our level of investment activity will vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment, the amount of capital we have available to us and the competitive environment for the type of investments we make.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the Investment Company Act, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Pursuant to rules adopted by the SEC, “eligible portfolio companies” include certain companies that do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange and public companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange but whose market capitalization is less than $250 million.

Revenues

We generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments and, to a lesser extent, capital gains and distributions, if any, on equity securities that we may acquire in portfolio companies. Some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt investments and any accrued but unpaid interest generally becomes due at the maturity date.

We generate revenues primarily through receipt of interest income from the investments we hold. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Portfolio company fees (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) will be paid to us, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief, if any, therefrom, we receive our allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as other Accounts, which other Accounts could receive their allocable portion of such fee. We do not expect to receive material fees as it is not our principal investment strategy. We record contractual prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income.

Dividend income on preferred equity investments is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity investments is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies and on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Interest and dividend income are presented net of withholding tax, if any.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee to the Investment Adviser, legal and professional fees, interest and other debt expenses and other operating and overhead related expenses. The Management Fee and Incentive Fee compensate our Investment Adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, Company expenses borne by us in the ordinary course on an annual basis (excluding Management Fees, Incentive Fees, organizational and start-up expenses and leverage-related expenses) will not exceed an amount equal to 0.5% of the aggregate amount of commitments to us by holders of our Units; provided, however, that expenses incurred outside of the ordinary course, including litigation and similar expenses, are not subject to such cap. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions in accordance with our Investment Management Agreement and Administration Agreement, including those relating to:

•

our operational and organizational expenses;

•

fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by our Investment Adviser or payable to third parties related to our investments, including, among others, professional fees (including the fees and expenses of consultants and experts) and fees and expenses from evaluating, monitoring, researching and performing due diligence on investments and prospective investments;

•

interest, fees and other expenses payable on indebtedness for borrowed money (including through the issuance of notes and other evidence of indebtedness), other indebtedness, financings or extensions of credit, if any, incurred by us;

•

fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with membership in investment company organizations;

•

brokers’ commissions;

•

fees and expenses associated with calculating our NAV (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

•

legal, auditing or accounting expenses;

•

taxes or governmental fees;

•

the fees and expenses of our administrator, transfer agent, or sub-transfer agent;

•

the cost of preparing unit certificates or any other expenses, including clerical expenses of issue or repurchase of our Units;

•

the expenses of and fees for registering or qualifying our Units for sale and of maintaining our registration or qualifying and registering us as a broker or a dealer;

•

the fees and expenses of our directors who are not affiliated with our Investment Adviser;

•

the cost of preparing and distributing reports, proxy statements and notices to our unitholders, the SEC and other regulatory authorities;

•

costs of holding Unitholder meetings;

•

the fees or disbursements of custodians of our assets, including expenses incurred in the performance of any obligations enumerated by limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents insofar as they govern agreements with any such custodian;

•

insurance premiums; and

•

costs incurred in connection with any claim, litigation, arbitration, mediation, government investigation or dispute in connection with our business and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith, or the enforcement of our rights against any person and indemnification or contribution expenses payable by us to any person and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of our business.

Our Investment Adviser will not be required to pay expenses of activities which are primarily intended to result in sales of Units.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to be relatively stable or decline as a percentage of total assets during periods of asset growth and to increase during periods of asset declines. Costs relating to future offerings of securities would be incremental.

Leverage

The Revolving Credit Facility allows us to borrow money and lever our investment portfolio, subject to the limitations of the Investment Company Act, with the objective of increasing our yield. This is known as “leverage” and could increase or decrease returns to our unitholders. The use of leverage involves significant risks. As a BDC, with certain limited exceptions, we are only permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, equals at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered borrowings or involve leverage and thus may be subject to Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with applicable SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when we engage in such transactions, instead of maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1, we may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to our exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to such transactions (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered borrowings for these purposes. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered borrowings are not subject to the Investment Company Act’s asset coverage requirement and we will not otherwise segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions for such transactions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Investment Adviser’s and our Board of Directors’ assessment of market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

As of December 31, 2016, our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $138.31 million), consisted of the following:


	As of December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio at Fair Value
	($ in millions)
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	43.63	$	43.55		21.8	%
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		23.54		23.52		11.8
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt		126.08		126.44		63.4
Unsecured Debt		3.33		3.33		1.7
Preferred Stock		2.50		2.50		1.3
Warrants		0.10		0.10		0.0

Total Investments	$	199.18	$	199.44		100.0	%

As of December 31, 2016, the weighted average yield on our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.), at cost and fair value, was as follows:


	As of December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost			Fair Value
Weighted Average Yield⁽¹⁾
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt⁽²⁾		10.0	%		10.1	%
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche⁽²⁾		10.2	%		10.2	%
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt⁽²⁾		10.2	%		10.2	%
Unsecured Debt		13.8	%		13.8	%
Preferred Stock⁽²⁾		0.0	%		0.0	%
Warrants⁽²⁾		0.0	%		0.0	%
Total Portfolio⁽²⁾		10.1	%		10.1	%

⁽¹⁾

The weighted average yield of our portfolio does not represent the total return to our Unitholders.

⁽²⁾


	As of December 31, 2016
Number of portfolio companies		10
Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate⁽¹⁾		91.3%
Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		8.7%
Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA)⁽³⁾		5.0x
Weighted average interest coverage⁽³⁾		2.9x
Median EBITDA⁽³⁾	$	14.95 million

⁽¹⁾

Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments, if any, placed on non-accrual.

⁽²⁾

Includes income producing preferred stock investments.

⁽³⁾

•

assessment of success in adhering to the portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

•

periodic or regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

•

comparisons to our other portfolio companies in the industry, if any;

•

attendance at and participation in board meetings or presentations by portfolio companies; and

•

review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections of portfolio companies.

As part of the monitoring process, our Investment Adviser also employs an investment rating system to categorize our investments. In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our Investment Adviser grades the credit risk of all investments on a scale of 1 to 4. This system is intended primarily to reflect the underlying risk of a portfolio investment relative to our initial cost basis in respect of such portfolio investment (e.g. at the time of origination or acquisition), although it may also take into account the performance of the portfolio company’s business, the collateral coverage of the investment and other relevant factors. The grading system is as follows:

•

investments with a grade of 1 involve the least amount of risk to our initial cost basis. The trends and risk factors for this investment since origination or acquisition are generally favorable, which may include the performance of the portfolio company or a potential exit;

•

investments graded 2 involve a level of risk to our initial cost basis that is similar to the risk to our initial cost basis at the time of origination or acquisition. This portfolio company is generally performing as expected and the risk factors to our ability to ultimately recoup the cost of our investment are neutral to favorable. All investments or acquired investments in new portfolio companies are initially assessed a grade of 2;

•

investments graded 3 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has increased materially since origination or acquisition, including as a result of factors such as declining performance and non-compliance with debt covenants; however, payments are generally not more than 120 days past due; and

•

an investment grade of 4 indicates that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has substantially increased since origination or acquisition, and the portfolio company likely has materially declining performance. For debt investments with an investment grade of 4, most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. For investments graded 4, it is anticipated that we will not recoup our initial cost basis and may realize a substantial loss of our initial cost basis upon exit.

Our Investment Adviser grades the investments in our portfolio at least quarterly and it is possible that the grade of a portfolio investment may be reduced or increased over time. For investments graded 3 or 4, our Investment Adviser enhances its level of scrutiny over the monitoring of such portfolio company. The following table shows the composition of our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) on the 1 to 4 grading scale as of December 31, 2016:


	As of December 31, 2016
Investment Performance Rating	Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio at Fair Value
	($ in millions)
Grade 1	$	–		—	%
Grade 2		199.44		100
Grade 3		–		–
Grade 4		–		–

Total Investments	$	199.44		100.0	%

The following table shows the amortized cost of our performing and non-accrual investments as of December 31, 2016:


	December 31, 2016
	Amortized Cost		Percentage of Total Portfolioat Amortized Cost
	($ in millions)
Performing	$	199.18		100	%
Non-accrual		–		–

Total Investments	$	199.18		100.0	%

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. We may make exceptions to this treatment if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

The following table shows our investment activity for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 by investment type:


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
	*($ in millions)*
Amount of investments committed at cost⁽¹⁾:
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	54.19
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		23.52
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt		126.01
Unsecured Debt		3.33
Preferred Stock		2.50
Warrants		0.10

Total	$	209.65

Proceeds from investments sold or repaid:
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	–
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		–
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt		–
Unsecured Debt		–
Preferred Stock		–
Warrants		–

Total	$	–

Net increase (decrease) in portfolio	$	209.65

Number of new investment commitments in new portfolio companies⁽²⁾		10
Total new investment commitment amount in new portfolio companies⁽²⁾	$	209.65
Average new investment commitment amount in new portfolio companies⁽²⁾	$	20.97
Weighted average remaining term for new investment commitments in new portfolio companies (in years)⁽²⁾⁽³⁾		5.7
Number of new investment commitments in existing portfolio companies⁽²⁾		–
Total new investment commitment amount in existing portfolio companies⁽²⁾	$	–
Percentage of new debt investment commitments in new portfolio companies at floating interest rates⁽²⁾		84.6%
Percentage of new debt investment commitments in new portfolio companies at fixed interest rates⁽²⁾		15.4%
Weighted average stated interest rate of new investment commitments in new portfolio companies⁽²⁾		9.5%
Weighted average spread over base rate of new floating rate investment commitments in new portfolio companies⁽²⁾		7.8%
Weighted average stated interest rate on investments sold or paid down		–%

⁽¹⁾

Net of capitalized fees, expenses and original issue discounts.

⁽²⁾

May include positions originated during the period but not held at the reporting date.

⁽³⁾

Calculated as of the end of the relevant period and the maturity date of the individual investments.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our operating results for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 were as follows:


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
	*($ in millions)*
Total investment income	$	5.79

Total Expenses		(4.39	)
Management fee waiver		0.39

Net expenses		(4.00	)

Net investment income (loss) before excise taxes		1.79
Excise tax expense		–

Net investment income (loss) after excise taxes		1.79
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		0.25

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations	$	2.04

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations after tax can vary from period to period as a result of various factors, including acquisitions, the level of new investment commitments, the recognition of realized gains and losses and changes in unrealized appreciation and depreciation on the investment portfolio. As a result, comparisons may not be meaningful.

Investment Income


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
	*($ in millions)*
Interest	$	5.64
Dividend income		0.02
Other income		0.13

Total investment income	$	5.79

Investment income for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 is driven by our deployment of capital and increasing invested balance.

Expenses


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
	*($ in millions)*
Interest and other debt expenses	$	0.88
Management fees		1.31
Offering costs		0.87
Audit fees		0.29
Other professional fees		0.26
Administration, custodian and transfer agent fees		0.17
Directors’ fees		0.16
Organization costs		0.37
Other expenses		0.08

Total expenses		4.39
Management fees waiver		(0.39	)

Net expenses	$	4.00

Management fees before waivers for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 were driven by the increase in our Members’ Capital. For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, we accrued gross management fees before waivers of $1.31 million. Offsetting those fees, we received management fee waivers of $0.39 million, which resulted in net management fees of $0.92 million.

We have incurred expenses related to our formation, organization and continuous offering of our common Units. For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, we incurred organization costs of $0.37 million. For the period from July 1, 2016 (commencement of investment operations) to December 31, 2016, we accrued offering costs of $0.87 million.

Interest and other debt expenses for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 were $0.88 million, due to our entry into the Revolving Credit Facility.

In addition, our expenses for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 consisted of $0.55 million in professional fees, and $0.41 million of other general and administrative expenses.

Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments

Any changes in fair value are recorded in change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments. For further details on the valuation process, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.” Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was as follows:


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31,2016
	*($ in millions)*
Unrealized appreciation	$	0.40
Unrealized depreciation		(0.15)

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments	$	0.25

The change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 consisted of the following:


	For the Period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31,2016
	*($ in millions)*
Portfolio Company:
Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.	$	(0.04	)
Datacor Holdings, Inc.		(0.01	)
Global Healthcare Exchange, LLC		0.36
Granicus, Inc.		(0.02	)
Greenskies Renewable Energy, LLC		(0.02)
Procare Software, LLC		(0.02	)
Recipe Acquisition Corp.		0.03
Vantage Mobility International, LLC		(0.02	)
Other, net		(0.01	)

Total	$	0.25

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The primary use of existing funds and any funds raised in the future is expected to be for our investments in portfolio companies, cash distributions to our unitholders or for other general corporate purposes, including paying for operating expenses or debt service to the extent we borrow or issue senior securities.

We expect to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of any future offerings of securities, future borrowings and cash flows from operations. To the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our Board of Directors otherwise determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interest and the best interests of our unitholders, we may enter into credit facilities in addition to our Revolving Credit Facility, or issue other senior securities. We would expect any such credit facilities may be secured by certain of our assets and may contain advance rates based upon pledged collateral. The pricing and other terms of any such facilities would depend upon market conditions when we enter into any such facilities as well as the performance of our business, among other factors. In accordance with applicable SEC staff guidance and interpretations, as a BDC, with certain limited exceptions, we are only permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2016, our asset coverage ratio was 2.61 to 1. We may also refinance or repay any of our indebtedness at any time based on our financial condition and market conditions.

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash of approximately $3.86 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, we had an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $138.31 million. Cash used by operating activities for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was approximately $333.33 million, primarily driven by purchases of investments of $199.01 million, net purchase of investments in the affiliated money market fund of $138.31 million, and increase in members’ capital resulting from operations of $2.04 million, in addition to proceeds from other operating activities of $1.95 million. Cash provided by financing activities for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was approximately $337.20 million, primarily driven by proceeds from the issuance of common Units of $210.40 million and net borrowings on debt of $130.00 million, partially offset by other financing activities of $3.20 million.

We may raise capital by securitizing certain of our investments, including through the formation of one or more collateralized loan obligations or asset based facilities, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. We may also pursue other forms of debt financing, including potentially from the Small Business Administration through a future small business investment company subsidiary.

The Initial Member, an affiliate of our Investment Adviser, made a capital contribution to us of $100 on June 9, 2016 and served as our sole initial member. We cancelled the Initial Member’s interest in the Company on July 14, 2016. On May 6, 2016, we began accepting subscription agreements from investors acquiring common Units in our private offering. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to make capital contributions up to the amount of their undrawn capital commitment to purchase Units each time we deliver a drawdown notice.

As of December 31, 2016, we had aggregate capital commitments and undrawn capital commitments from investors as follows:


	December 31, 2016
	Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		Unfunded Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		% of Capital Commitments Funded
Common Units	$	1,001.88	$	791.49		21	%

The following table summarizes the total Units issued and proceeds received related to capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the subscription agreements from investors acquiring Units in our private offering during the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Unit Issue Date	Units Issued		Proceeds Received *($ in millions)*
July 14, 2016		310,360	$	31.04
July 15, 2016		4,000		0.40
August 23, 2016		160,219		15.72
September 15, 2016		1,206,924		117.88
November 28, 2016		461,475		45.36

Total capital drawdowns		2,142,978	$	210.40

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have future commitments. Payments under the Investment Management Agreement, pursuant to which GSAM has agreed to serve as our Investment Adviser, are equal to (1) a percentage of our average net asset value and (2) an Incentive Fee based on investment performance. Under the Administration Agreement, pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company has agreed to furnish us with the administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations, we pay our administrator such fees as may be agreed between us and our administrator that we determine are commercially reasonable in our sole discretion. Either party may terminate the Investment Management Agreement without penalty on least 60 days’ written notice to the other party. Either party may terminate the Administration Agreement without penalty upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the other party.

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:


	Payments Due by Period ($ in millions)
	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1 – 3 Years		3 – 5 Years		More Than 5 Years
Revolving Credit Facility	$	130.00	$	–	$	130.00	$	–	$	–

Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into a Revolving Credit Facility on July 18, 2016 with the Administrative Agent. The maximum principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility is $250.00 million of which $130.00 million was drawn as of December 31, 2016, subject to availability under the “Borrowing Base.” The Borrowing Base is calculated based on the unfunded capital commitments of the investors meeting various eligibility requirements (subject to investor concentration limits) multiplied by specified advance rates. We have the ability to increase the maximum principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility up to $750 million, subject to increasing commitments of existing lenders and/or obtaining commitments of new lenders and certain other conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on July 17, 2018, subject to extension with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the extending lenders, and certain other conditions.

Interest rates on obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are based on either (i) the prevailing LIBOR for one, two, three or six months plus 2.25% per annum or (ii) an alternate base rate (the greater of the prime rate of such commercial bank, the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and LIBOR plus 1.00%) plus 1.25% per annum. We have the ability to elect either LIBOR or the alternative base rate at the time of draw-down, and loans may be converted from one rate to another at any time, subject to certain conditions. We pay a fee of 0.25% per annum on committed but undrawn amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears.

Amounts drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, subject to applicable breakage costs. Loans are subject to mandatory prepayment for amounts exceeding the Borrowing Base or the lenders’ aggregate commitment and to the extent required to comply with the Investment Company Act, as applied to BDCs. Transfers of interests in our common Units by investors are subject to certain restrictions and may trigger mandatory prepayment obligations.

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a perfected first priority security interest in the unfunded capital commitments of our investors (with certain exceptions) and the proceeds thereof, including assignment of the right to make capital calls, receive and apply capital contributions, and enforce remedies and claims related thereto, and a pledge of the collateral account into which capital call proceeds are deposited. Additionally, under the Revolving Credit Facility, the lenders can directly require investors to fund their capital commitments, but lenders cannot seek recourse against a unitholder in excess of such unitholder’s obligation to contribute capital to us.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation, treatment as a RIC under the Code and as a BDC under the Investment Company Act and restrictions on certain operations, including without limitation, certain distributions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes customary conditions precedent to draw-down of loans and customary events of default. We are in compliance with these covenants.

Costs of $1.75 million were incurred in connection with obtaining the Revolving Credit Facility, which have been recorded as deferred financing costs on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and are being amortized over the life of the Revolving Credit Facility using the straight-line method.

HEDGING

Subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and applicable Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulations, we may enter into hedging transactions in a manner consistent with SEC guidance. To the extent that any of our loans is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, we may enter into currency hedging contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We may also enter into interest rate hedging agreements. Such hedging activities, which will be subject to compliance with applicable legal requirements, may include the use of futures, options, swaps and forward contracts. Costs incurred in entering into such contracts or in settling them, if any, will be borne by us. Our Investment Adviser has claimed no-action relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator pursuant to a CFTC staff no-action letter (the “BDC CFTC No-Action Letter”) with respect to our operations, with the result that we will be limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter imposes strict limitations on using such derivatives other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of derivatives not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio. Moreover, we anticipate entering into transactions involving such derivatives to a very limited extent solely for hedging purposes or otherwise within the limitations of the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter. As of December 31, 2016, no hedging arrangements were used.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to fund investments and to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, we reasonably believed that our liquid assets would provide adequate financial resources to satisfy all of our unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2016 our unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are as follows:


	As of December 31, 2016
	*(in millions)*
Unfunded Commitments
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	10.64

Total	$	10.64

As of December 31, 2016, we had aggregate Commitments and undrawn Commitments from investors as follows:


	December 31, 2016
	Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		Unfunded Capital Commitments *($ in millions)*		% of Capital Commitments Funded
Common Units	$	1,001.88	$	791.49		21	%

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On January 13, 2017, we entered into subscription agreements with investors providing additional capital commitments of $59.75 million. When combined with capital commitments made to us as of December 31, 2016, total capital commitments were $1.06 billion.

On February 22, 2017, our Board of Directors declared a distribution equal to our net investment income per Unit (if positive) for the period January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, payable on or about April 17, 2017 to Unitholders of record as of March 31, 2017.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ materially. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

As a BDC, we conduct the valuation of our assets, pursuant to which our NAV is determined, at all times consistent with GAAP and the Investment Company Act. Our Board of Directors, with the assistance of our Audit Committee, determines the fair value of our assets on at least a quarterly basis, in accordance with the terms ASC 820. Our valuation procedures are described in more detail below.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. For some assets and liabilities, observable market transactions or market information might be available. For other assets and liabilities, observable market transactions and market information might not be available. However, the objective of a fair value measurement in both cases is the same—to estimate the price when an orderly transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions (that is, an exit price at the measurement date from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability).

ASC 820 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which ranks the observability of inputs used in measuring financial instruments at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instruments and their specific characteristics. Financial instruments with readily available quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from quoted prices in active markets, generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment applied in determining fair value. The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities.

The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical instruments as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities and derivatives, listed in active markets.

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The type of financial instruments in this category includes less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities, and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on observable inputs.

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Financial instruments that are included in this category include investments in privately held entities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given financial instrument is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

We expect that the majority of our investments will fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We do not expect that there will be readily available market values for most of the investments which are in our portfolio, and we value such investments at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors using a documented valuation policy, described below, and a consistently applied valuation process. The factors that may be taken into account in pricing our investments at fair value include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, and the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. Available current market data are considered such as applicable market yields and multiples of publicly traded securities, comparison of financial ratios of peer companies, and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade in their principal market, and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate or revise our valuation.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or for which market quotations are deemed not reflective of the fair value, the valuation procedures adopted by our Board of Directors contemplates a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1)

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of our Investment Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2)

Our Board of Directors also engages independent valuation firms (the “Independent Valuation Advisors”) to provide independent valuations of the investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment. The Independent Valuation Advisors independently value such investments using quantitative and qualitative information provided by the investment professionals of our Investment Adviser as well as any market quotations obtained from independent pricing services, brokers, dealers or market dealers. The Independent Valuation Advisors also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations. The Independent Valuation Advisors provide an opinion on a final range of values on such investments to our Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. The Independent Valuation Advisors define fair value in accordance with ASC 820 and utilize valuation techniques including the market approach, the income approach or both. A portion of the portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis, and all investments in the portfolio for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available, but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, are reviewed at least annually by an Independent Valuation Advisor;

(3)

The Independent Valuation Advisors’ preliminary valuations are reviewed by our Investment Adviser and the Valuation Oversight Group (“VOG”), a team that is part of the Controllers Department within the Finance Division of Goldman Sachs. The Independent Valuation Advisors’ ranges are compared to our Investment Adviser’s valuations to ensure our Investment Adviser’s valuations are reasonable. VOG presents the valuations to the Private Investment Sub-Committee of the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, which is comprised of representatives from GSAM who are independent of the investment making decision process;

(4)

The Investment Management Division Valuation Committee ratifies fair valuations and makes recommendations to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors;

(5)

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors reviews valuation information provided by the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, our Investment Adviser and the Independent Valuation Advisors. The Audit Committee then assesses such valuation recommendations; and

(6)

Our Board of Directors discusses the valuations and, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, determines the fair value of our investments in good faith, based on the input of our Investment Adviser, the Independent Valuation Advisors and the Audit Committee.

When our NAV is determined other than on a quarter-end (such as in connection with issuances of Units on dates occurring mid-quarter), it is determined by our Investment Adviser, acting under delegated authority from, and subject to the supervision of, our Board of Directors and in accordance with procedures adopted by our Board of Directors.

Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income

We record our investment transactions on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are based on the specific identification method. Dividend income on common equity investments are recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Interest income and dividend income are presented net of withholding tax, if any. Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, which are included in interest income and expense, are recorded over the life of the underlying instrument using the effective interest method.

Fair value generally is based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative price sources. In the absence of quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative price sources, investments in securities are measured at fair value as determined by our Investment Adviser and/or by one or more independent third parties.

Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. For additional information, see Note 2 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

We may also invest in newly-issued debt securities that are sold by issuers with an OID to par value of 1% to 3%, although we do not expect OID securities to comprise a material portion of our portfolio. To the extent we purchase such new issues with OID, the discounts will be accreted over the life of the securities, as required under GAAP. Loan origination fees, OID and market discounts or premiums are capitalized, and we accrete or amortize such amounts into income over the life of the loan. We record contractual prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income.

Non-Accrual Status

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. We may make exceptions to this treatment if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

Distribution Policy

We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. All distributions will be subject to lawfully available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to declare distributions in future periods.

We intend to elect to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2016. To qualify and maintain our status as a RIC, we must, among other things, timely distribute to our unitholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income for each taxable year. We intend to timely distribute to our unitholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. The distributions we pay to our unitholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The specific tax characteristics of our distributions will be reported to unitholders after the end of the calendar year. Unitholders should read carefully any written disclosure regarding a distribution from us and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our net ordinary income or capital gains.

Federal Income Taxes

As a RIC, we generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our unitholders as dividends. To maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to our unitholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income for each year. Depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. We generally will be required to pay such U.S. federal excise tax if our distributions during a calendar year do not exceed the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years.

Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are subject to financial market risks, most significantly changes in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in our earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. Because we expect to fund a portion of our investments with borrowings, our net investment income is expected to be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

As of December 31, 2016, on a fair value basis, approximately 91.3% of our performing debt investments bore interest at a fixed rate and approximately 8.7% of our performing debt investments bore interest at a floating rate.

We regularly measure our exposure to interest rate risk. We assess interest rate risk and manage our interest rate exposure on an ongoing basis by comparing our interest rate sensitive assets to our interest rate sensitive liabilities.

Based on our December 31, 2016 balance sheet, the following table shows the annual impact on net income of base rate changes in interest rates (considering interest rate floors for variable rate instruments) assuming no changes in our investment and borrowing structure:


As of December 31, 2016 Basis Point Change	Interest Income			Interest Expense			Net Income
*($ in millions)*
Up 300 basis points	$	4.71		$	(3.64	)	$	1.07
Up 200 basis points		3.11			(2.43	)		0.68
Up 100 basis points		1.50			(1.21	)		0.29
Up 75 basis points		1.10			(0.91	)		0.19
Up 50 basis points		0.70			(0.61	)		0.09
Up 25 basis points		0.30			(0.30	)		–
Down 25 basis points		(0.04	)		0.30			0.26
Down 50 basis points		(0.08	)		0.61			0.53
Down 75 basis points		(0.08	)		0.91			0.83
Down 100 basis points		(0.08	)		0.98			0.90
Down 200 basis points		(0.08	)		1.17			1.09
Down 300 basis points		(0.08	)		1.35			1.27

We may, in the future, hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, applicable CFTC regulations and in a manner consistent with SEC guidance. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates.

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

GOLDMAN SACHS PRIVATE MIDDLE MARKET CREDIT LLC

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		75

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2016		76

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016		77

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Capital for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016		78

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016		79

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016		80

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		82

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Unitholders of Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition, including the consolidated schedule of investments, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in members’ capital and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations, the changes in their members’ capital and their cash flows for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit, which included confirmation of investments as of December 31, 2016 by correspondence with the custodian, transfer agent and brokers, and the application of alternative auditing procedures where investments purchased had not been received, provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 28, 2017

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)


	December 31, 2016
Assets
Investments, at fair value
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost of $199,182)	$	199,436
Investments in affiliated money market fund (cost of $138,311)		138,311

Total investments, at fair value (cost of $337,493)		337,747
Cash		3,863
Interest and dividends receivable from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments		645
Deferred financing costs		1,351
Deferred offering costs		859

Total assets	$	344,465


Liabilities
Debt	$	130,000
Interest and other debt expenses payable		188
Management fees payable		698
Distribution payable		2,998
Accrued offering costs		285
Accrued organization costs		115
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		740

Total liabilities	$	135,024


Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

Members’ Capital
Preferred units (0 units issued and outstanding)	$	–
Common units (2,142,978 units issued and outstanding)		209,521
Accumulated undistributed net investment income (distribution in excess of net investment income)		(334	)
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		254

TOTAL MEMBERS’ CAPITAL	$	209,441

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL	$	344,465


Net asset value per unit	$	97.73

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)


	For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Investment Income:
From non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:
Interest income	$	5,637
Other income		131

Total investment income from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments		5,768
From non-controlled affiliated investments:
Dividend income		25

Total investment income from non-controlled affiliated investments		25

Total investment income	$	5,793

Expenses:
Interest and other debt expenses	$	880
Management fees		1,309
Offering costs		873
Audit fees		290
Other professional fees		258
Administration, custodian and transfer agent fees		174
Directors’ fees		160
Organization expenses		371
Other expenses		79

Total expenses	$	4,394

Management fees waiver	$	(391	)

Net expenses	$	4,003

NET INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS)	$	1,790


Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment transactions:
Net realized gain (loss) from:
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	$	–
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from:
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments		254

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)	$	254

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN MEMBERS’ CAPITAL RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS	$	2,044

Net investment income (loss) per unit (basic and diluted)	$	1.67
Earnings per unit (basic and diluted):	$	1.91
Weighted average units outstanding:		1,071,739

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Capital

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)


	For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Increase (decrease) in Members’ Capital resulting from operations:
Net investment income	$	1,790
Net realized gain (loss) on investments		–
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		254

Net increase (decrease) in Members’ Capital resulting from operations:	$	2,044


Distributions to unitholders from:
Net investment income	$	(2,998	)

Total distributions to unitholders	$	(2,998	)


Capital transactions:
Issuance of common units (2,142,978 units)	$	210,395

Net increase (decrease) in Members’ Capital resulting from capital transactions	$	210,395


TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN MEMBERS’ CAPITAL	$	209,441

Members’ Capital at beginning of period	$	–

Members’ Capital at end of period	$	209,441

Accumulated undistributed net investment income (distribution in excess of net investment income)	$	(334	)

Distributions declared per unit	$	1.40

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)


	For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net increase (decrease) in Members’ Capital resulting from operations:	$	2,044
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in Members’ Capital resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Purchases of investments		(199,011	)
Investments in affiliated money market fund, net		(138,311	)
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments		(254	)
Amortization of premium and accretion of discount, net		(171	)
Amortization of deferred financing costs		400
Amortization of deferred offering costs		873
Increase (decrease) in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in interest and dividends receivable		(645	)
Increase (decrease) in interest and other debt expenses payable		188
Increase (decrease) in management fees payable		698
Increase (decrease) in accrued organization costs		115
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities		740

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities	$	(333,334	)


Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common units	$	210,395
Offering costs paid		(1,447	)
Financing costs paid		(1,751	)
Borrowings on debt		267,500
Repayments of debt		(137,500)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	$	337,197

Net increase in cash		3,863
Cash, beginning of period		–

Cash, end of period	$	3,863

Supplemental and non-cash financing activities
Interest expense paid	$	174
Accrued but unpaid offering costs	$	285
Accrued but unpaid distributions	$	2,998

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)

Portfolio Company

Industry

Interest

Maturity

Par Amount

Cost

Fair Value

Investments at Fair Value– 95.22%#

Corporate Debt– 93.98%

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt– 20.79%

Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.⁽⁺⁺⁾

Containers & Packaging

L + 7.75% (1.00% Floor)

10/12/2021

5,300

5,198

5,194

Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.^(+) (2)

Containers & Packaging

L + 7.75% (1.00% Floor)

10/12/2021

14,000

5,112

5,080

Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.^(2) (3)

Containers & Packaging

L + 7.75% (1.00% Floor)

10/12/2021

2,000

(38

)

(40

)

Datacor Holdings, Inc.

Chemicals

9.50%

08/12/2022

14,000

13,734

13,720

Greenskies Renewable Energy, LLC⁽⁺⁺⁾

Construction & Engineering

L + 9.00% (0.50% Floor)

08/19/2021

20,000

19,623

19,600

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

43,629

43,554

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche⁽⁴⁾ – 11.23%

Vantage Mobility International, LLC⁽⁺⁾

Health Care Equipment & Supplies

L + 7.75% (1.00% Floor)

09/09/2021

24,000

23,544

23,520

Total 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

23,544

23,520

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt– 60.37%

Association Member Benefits Advisors, LLC⁽⁺⁺⁾

Insurance

L + 8.75% (1.00% Floor)

06/08/2023

28,000

27,445

27,440

Global Healthcare Exchange,
LLC⁽⁺⁾

Health Care Technology

L + 8.75% (1.00% Floor)

08/14/2023

15,000

14,782

15,150

Granicus, Inc.⁽⁺⁺⁾

Software

L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)

09/07/2023

25,500

25,005

24,990

Procare Software, LLC⁽⁺⁺⁾

Diversified Financial Services

L + 8.75% (1.00% Floor)

09/30/2022

25,000

24,515

24,500

Recipe Acquisition Corp.⁽⁺⁺⁾

Food Products

L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)

12/01/2022

20,000

19,620

19,650

Regulatory DataCorp, Inc.⁽⁺⁺⁾

Diversified Financial Services

L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)

09/21/2023

15,000

14,709

14,700

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

126,076

126,430

Unsecured Debt– 1.59%

Recipe Acquisition Corp.

Food Products

13.25% PIK

12/21/2022

3,400

3,333

3,332

Total Unsecured Debt

3,333

3,332

Total Corporate Debt

196,582

196,836

Portfolio Company

Industry

Coupon

Shares

Cost

Fair Value

Preferred Stock– 1.19%

Datacor Holdings, Inc.^{(5) (6)}

Chemicals

1,000,000

$1,000

1,000

Recipe Acquisition Corp.⁽⁵⁾

Food Products

11.00% PIK

1,600

1,496

1,500

Total Preferred Stock

2,496

2,500

Portfolio Company

Industry

Units

Cost

Fair Value

Warrants—0.05%

Recipe Acquisition Corp.⁽⁵⁾

Food Products

$104

100

Total Warrants

104

100

Yield

Shares

Cost

Fair Value

Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund– 66.04% #

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund

0.45%⁽¹⁾

138,311,004

$138,311

138,311

Total Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

138,311

TOTAL INVESTMENTS – 161.26%

337,493

337,747

LIABILITIES IN EXCESS OF OTHER ASSETS – (61.26%)

(128,306

)

MEMBERS’ CAPITAL – 100.00%

209,441

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016 (continued)

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)

Percentages are based on members’ capital.

⁽⁺⁾

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 1 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 1 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.77%.

⁽⁺⁺⁾

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 3 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.00%.

⁽¹⁾

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2016.

⁽²⁾

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date, that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See Note 7 “Commitments and Contingencies”.

⁽³⁾

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

⁽⁴⁾

In addition to the interest earned based on the stated rate of this loan, the Company may be entitled to receive additional interest as a result of its arrangement with other lenders in a syndication.

⁽⁵⁾

Non-income producing security.

⁽⁶⁾

The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets.

L – LIBOR

PIK – Payment-In-Kind

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts)

1.	ORGANIZATION

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC (the “Company”, which term refers to either Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC or Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC together with its consolidated subsidiary, as the context may require), initially established on December 23, 2015 as Private Middle Market Credit LP, a Delaware limited partnership, converted to a Delaware limited liability company on April 4, 2016 and commenced investment operations on July 1, 2016. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2016.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last our portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments.

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”), a Delaware limited partnership and an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., is the investment adviser (the “Investment Adviser”) of the Company. The term “Goldman Sachs” refers to Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Group Inc.”), together with Goldman, Sachs & Co., GSAM and its other subsidiaries.

On May 6, 2016 (the “Initial Closing Date”), the Company began accepting subscription agreements (“Subscription Agreements”) from investors acquiring common units of the Company’s limited liability company interests (“Units”) in the Company’s private offering. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to make capital contributions up to the undrawn amount of their capital commitment to purchase Units each time the Company delivers a drawdown notice. On November 1, 2016, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) approved an amended and restated limited liability company agreement (as amended, the “LLC Agreement”) and approved an extension of the final date on which the Company will accept Subscription Agreements (the “Final Closing Date”) to May 5, 2017.

The investment period commenced on the Initial Closing Date and will continue until the second anniversary of the Final Closing Date, provided that it may be extended by the Board of Directors, in its discretion, for one additional six-month period, and, with the approval of a majority-in-interest of the unitholders, for up to one additional year thereafter. In addition, the Board of Directors may terminate the investment period at any time in its discretion.

The term of the Company is seven years from the Final Closing Date, subject to the Board of Directors’ right to liquidate the Company at any time and to extend the term of the Company for up to two successive one-year periods. Upon the request of the Board of Directors and the approval of a majority-in-interest of the unitholders, the term of the Company may be further extended.

Credit Alternatives GP LLC (the “Initial Member”), an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, made a capital contribution to the Company of one hundred dollars on June 9, 2016 (inception) and served as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company cancelled the Initial Member’s interest in the Company on July 14, 2016, the first date on which investors (other than the Initial Member) made their initial capital contribution to purchase Units (the “Initial Drawdown Date”).

The Company has formed a wholly owned subsidiary, which is structured as a Delaware limited liability company, to hold certain equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies.

2.	SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s functional currency is U.S. dollars and these consolidated financial statements have been prepared in that currency. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to Regulation S-X. This requires the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions that may affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These consolidated financial statements reflect adjustments that in the opinion of the Company are necessary for the fair statement of the results for the period presented. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions included in the consolidated financial statements.

As an investment company, the Company applies the accounting and reporting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies (“ASC 946”).

Basis of Consolidation

As provided under ASC 946, the Company will not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the financial position and results of operations of its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records its investment transactions on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are based on the specific identification method.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Discounts and premiums to par value on investments purchased are accreted and amortized, respectively, into interest income over the life of the respective investment using the effective interest method. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discounts or premiums are capitalized and amortized into interest income using the effective interest method or straight-line method, as applicable. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income. For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, the Company did not earn any prepayment premiums or accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts.

Fees received from portfolio companies (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) are paid to the Company, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief, if any, therefrom, the Company only receives its allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as another account managed by Goldman Sachs.

Certain investments may have contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest or dividends. PIK represents accrued interest or accumulated dividends that are added to the principal amount of the investment on the respective interest or dividend payment dates rather than being paid in cash and generally becomes due at maturity or upon being called by the issuer. PIK is recorded as interest or dividend income, as applicable. If at any point the Company believes PIK is not expected to be realized, the investment generating PIK will be placed on non-accrual status. Accrued PIK interest or dividends are generally reversed through interest or dividend income, respectively, when an investment is placed on non-accrual status.

Certain structuring fees and amendment fees are recorded as other income when earned. Administrative agent fees received by the Company are recorded as other income when the services are rendered.

Non-Accrual Investments

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest are paid and, in management’s judgment, principal and interest payments are likely to remain current. The Company may make exceptions to this treatment if the loans or debt securities have sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any investments on non-accrual status.

Investments

The Company carries its investments in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices provided by independent pricing services, broker or dealer quotations or alternative price sources. In the absence of quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative price sources, investments are measured at fair value as determined by the Board of Directors.

The Company generally invests in illiquid securities, including debt and equity investments, of middle-market companies. The Board of Directors has delegated to the Investment Adviser day-to-day responsibility for implementing and maintaining internal controls and procedures related to the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments. Under valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, market quotations are generally used to assess the value of the investments for which market quotations are readily available. The Investment Adviser obtains these market quotations from independent pricing services or at the bid prices obtained from at least two brokers or dealers, if available; otherwise from a principal market maker or a primary market dealer. To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Investment Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. If the Board of Directors or Investment Adviser has a bona fide reason to believe any such market quotation does not reflect the fair value of an investment, it may independently value such investment in accordance with valuation procedures for investments for which market quotations are not readily available.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or for which market quotations are deemed not reflective of the fair value, the valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors contemplate a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1)

The quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2)

The Board of Directors also engages independent valuation firms (the “Independent Valuation Advisors”) to provide independent valuations of the investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment. The Independent Valuation Advisors independently value such investments using quantitative and qualitative information provided by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser and the portfolio companies as well as any market quotations obtained from independent pricing services, brokers, dealers or market dealers. The Independent Valuation Advisors also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations. The Independent Valuation Advisors provide an opinion on a final range of values on such investments to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. The Independent Valuation Advisors define fair value in accordance with ASC 820 and utilize valuation techniques including the market approach, the income approach or both. A portion of the portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis, and all investments in the portfolio for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available, but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, are reviewed at least annually by an Independent Valuation Advisor;

(3)

The Independent Valuation Advisors’ preliminary valuations are reviewed by the Investment Adviser and the Valuation Oversight Group (“VOG”), a team that is part of the Controllers Department within the Finance Division of Goldman Sachs. The Independent Valuation Advisors’ valuation ranges are compared to the Investment Adviser’s valuations to ensure the Investment Adviser’s valuations are reasonable. VOG presents the valuations to the Private Investment Sub-Committee of the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, which is comprised of representatives from GSAM who are independent of the investment decision making process;

(4)

The Investment Management Division Valuation Committee ratifies fair valuations and makes recommendations to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors;

(5)

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews valuation information provided by the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, the Investment Adviser and the Independent Valuation Advisors. The Audit Committee then assesses such valuation recommendations; and

(6)

The Board of Directors discusses the valuations and, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, determines the fair value of the investments in good faith, based on the inputs of the Investment Adviser, the Independent Valuation Advisors and the Audit Committee.

Money Market Funds

Investments in money market funds are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Parties”.

Cash

Cash consists of deposits held at a custodian bank. As of December 31, 2016, the Company held $3,863 in cash.

Foreign Currency Translation

Amounts denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars on the following basis: (i) investments and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates effective on the date of valuation; and (ii) purchases and sales of investments and income and expense items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates.

The Company does not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments from fluctuations arising from changes in market prices of securities held. Such fluctuations are included within the net realized and unrealized gains or losses on investment transactions.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes tax positions in its consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized upon settlement. The Company reports any interest expense related to income tax matters in income tax expense, and any income tax penalties under expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company’s tax positions have been reviewed based on applicable statutes of limitation for tax assessments, which may vary by jurisdiction, and based on such review, the Company has concluded that no additional provision for income tax is required in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is subject to potential examination by certain taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The Company’s tax positions are subject to ongoing interpretation of laws and regulations by taxing authorities.

To qualify as a RIC, the Company must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its unitholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, its net ordinary income plus the excess of its realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction). In order for the Company not to be subject to U.S. federal excise taxes, it must distribute annually an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (iii) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. The Company, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year dividends and pay a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, this generally would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to unitholders. The Company will accrue excise tax on estimated undistributed taxable income as required.

Distributions

Distributions from net investment income and net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which may differ from those amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company may pay distributions in excess of its taxable net investment income. This excess would be a tax-free return of capital in the period and reduce the unitholder’s tax basis in its Units. These book/tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. To the extent these differences are permanent they are charged or credited to common Units, accumulated undistributed net investment income or accumulated net realized gain (loss), as appropriate, in the period that the differences arise. Temporary and permanent differences are primarily attributable to differences in the tax treatment of certain loans and the tax characterization of income and non-deductible expenses. These differences are generally determined in conjunction with the preparation of the Company’s annual RIC tax return. Distributions to common unitholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The amount to be paid out as a distribution is determined by the Board of Directors each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by the Investment Adviser. The Company may pay distributions to its unitholders in a year in excess of its net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company intends to timely distribute to its unitholders substantially all of its annual taxable income for each year, except that the Company may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of the Company’s taxable income earned in a year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. The specific tax characteristics of the Company’s distributions will be reported to unitholders after the end of the calendar year. All distributions will be subject to available funds, and no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to declare such distributions in future periods.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of the Company’s revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the Revolving Credit Facility. Deferred financing costs related to the Revolving Credit Facility are presented separately as an asset on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

Organization Costs

Organization costs include costs relating to the formation and organization of the Company. These costs are expensed as incurred. Upon the Initial Drawdown Date, unitholders bore such costs. Unitholders making capital commitments after the Initial Drawdown Date will bear a pro rata portion of such costs at the time of their first investment in the Company.

Offering Costs

Offering costs in connection with the continuous private offering of Units of the Company consist primarily of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of Units, including legal, printing and other costs, as well as costs associated with the preparation and filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form 10. Offering costs are recognized as a deferred charge and are amortized on a straight line basis over 12 months beginning on the date of commencement of investment operations.

3.	SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS AND RELATED PARTIES

Investment Advisory Agreement

The Company entered into an investment advisory agreement effective as of April 11, 2016 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with the Investment Adviser, pursuant to which the Investment Adviser manages the Company’s investment program and related activities.

Management Fee

The Company pays the Investment Adviser a management fee (the “Management Fee”), payable quarterly in arrears, equal to 0.375% (i.e., an annual rate of 1.50%) of the average net asset value (“NAV”) of the Company (including un-invested cash and cash equivalents) at the end of the then-current quarter and the prior calendar quarter (and, in the case of the Company’s first quarter, the NAV as of such quarter-end). The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, Management Fees amounted to $1,309. The Investment Adviser has voluntary agreed to waive $391 of the Management Fees for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, net Management Fees payable amounted to $698.

Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays to the Investment Adviser an Incentive Fee (the “Incentive Fee”) as follows:

First, no Incentive Fee is payable to the Investment Adviser until the Company has made cumulative distributions pursuant to this clause (a) equal to aggregate Contributed Capital (as defined below);

Second, no Incentive Fee is payable to the Investment Adviser until the Company has made cumulative distributions pursuant to this clause (b) equal to a 7% return per annum, compounded annually, on aggregate unreturned Contributed Capital, from the date each capital contribution is made through the date such capital has been returned;

Third, subject to clauses (a) and (b), the Investment Adviser is entitled to an Incentive Fee equal to 100% of all amounts designated by the Company as proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments, until such time as the cumulative Incentive Fee paid to the Investment Adviser pursuant to this clause (c) is equal to 15% of the amount by which the sum of (i) cumulative distributions to unitholders pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above and (ii) the cumulative Incentive Fee previously paid to the Investment Adviser pursuant to this clause exceeds Contributed Capital; and

Fourth, at any time that clause (c) has been satisfied, the Investment Adviser is entitled to an Incentive Fee equal to 15% of all amounts designated by the Company as proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments.

The Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis and the amount of the Incentive Fee payable prior to a proposed distribution will be determined and, if applicable, paid in accordance with the foregoing formula each time amounts are to be distributed to the unitholders. The Incentive Fee is a fee owed by the Company to the Investment Adviser and is not paid out of distributions made to unitholders.

In no event will an amount be paid with respect to the Incentive Fee to the extent it would cause the aggregate amount of the Company’s capital gains paid in respect of the Incentive Fee to exceed 20% of the Company’s realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation, in each case determined on a cumulative basis from inception of the Company through the date of the proposed payment (the “Incentive Fee Cap”).

“Contributed Capital” is the aggregate amount of capital contributions that have been made by all unitholders in respect of their Units to the Company. All distributions (or deemed distributions), including investment income (i.e. proceeds received in respect of interest payments, dividends and fees) and proceeds attributable to the repayment or disposition of any Investment, to unitholders will be considered a return of Contributed Capital. Unreturned Contributed Capital equals aggregate Contributed Capital minus cumulative distributions, but is never less than zero.

The term “proceeds intended for distribution and Incentive Fee payments” includes proceeds from the full or partial realization of the Company’s Investments and income from investing activities and may include return of capital, ordinary income and capital gains.

If, at the termination of the Company, the Investment Adviser has received aggregate payments of Incentive Fees in excess of the amount the Investment Adviser would have received had the Incentive Fees been determined upon such termination, then the Investment Adviser will reimburse the Company for the difference between the amount of Incentive Fees actually received and the amount determined at termination (the “Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation”). However, the Investment Adviser will not be required to reimburse the Company an amount greater than the aggregate Incentive Fees paid to the Investment Adviser, reduced by the excess (if any) of (a) the aggregate federal, state and local income tax liability the Investment Adviser incurred in connection with the payment of such Incentive Fees (assuming the highest marginal applicable federal and New York city and state income tax rates applied to such payments), over (b) an amount equal to the U.S. federal and state tax benefits available to the Investment Adviser by virtue of the payment made by the Investment Adviser pursuant to its Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation (assuming that, to the extent such payments are deductible by the Investment Adviser, the benefit of such deductions will be computed using the then highest marginal applicable federal and New York city and state income tax rates).

If the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated prior to the termination of the Company (other than the Investment Adviser voluntarily terminating the agreement), the Company will pay to the Investment Adviser a final Incentive Fee payment (the “Final Incentive Fee Payment”). The Final Incentive Fee Payment will be calculated as of the date the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated and will equal the amount of Incentive Fee that would be payable to the Investment Adviser if (a) all Investments were liquidated for their current value (but without taking into account any unrealized appreciation of any Investment), and any unamortized deferred Investment-related fees would be deemed accelerated, (b) the proceeds from such liquidation were used to pay all of the Company’s outstanding liabilities, and (c) the remainder was distributed to unitholders and paid as Incentive Fee in accordance with the Incentive Fee waterfall described above for determining the amount of the Incentive Fee, subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. The Company will make the Final Incentive Fee Payment in cash on or immediately following the date the Investment Advisory Agreement is so terminated. The Investment Adviser Reimbursement Obligation will be determined as of the date of the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement for purposes of the Final Incentive Fee Payment.

For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, the Company did not accrue Incentive Fees.

Expense Limitation

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, Company expenses borne by the Company in the ordinary course on an annual basis (excluding Management Fee, Incentive Fee, organizational and start-up expenses and leverage-related expenses) will not exceed an amount equal to 0.5% of the aggregate amount of commitments to the Company by holders of its common Units; provided, however, that expenses incurred outside of the ordinary course, including litigation and similar expenses, are not subject to such cap. For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, there was no reimbursement from the Investment Adviser pursuant to this provision.

Administration and Custodian Fees

The Company has entered into an administration agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”) under which the Administrator provides various accounting and administrative services to the Company. The Company pays the Administrator fees for its services as it determines are commercially reasonable in its sole discretion. The Company also reimburses the Administrator for all reasonable expenses. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Administrator pays any compensation associated with such functions. The Administrator also serves as the Company’s custodian (the “Custodian”).

For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, the Company incurred expenses for services provided by the Administrator and the Custodian of $145, of which $47 remained payable.

Transfer Agent Fees

State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Company’s transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”), registrar and disbursing agent. For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, the Company incurred expenses for services provided by the Transfer Agent of $29, of which $29 remained payable.

Affiliates

The Company’s investments in affiliates for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 were as follows:


	Fair Value as of June 9, 2016 (inception)		Gross Additions⁽²⁾		Gross Reductions⁽³⁾		Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses)		Fair Value as of December 31, 2016		Dividend and Interest Income		Other Income
Non-Controlled Affiliates
Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund ⁽¹⁾	$	–	$	398,443	$	(260,132)	$	–	$	138,311	$	25	$	–

Total Non-Controlled Affiliates	$	–	$	398,443	$	(260,132)	$	–	$	138,311	$	25	$	–

⁽¹⁾

Fund advised by an affiliate of Goldman Sachs.

⁽²⁾

Gross additions may include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, PIK interest or dividends, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category from a different category.

⁽³⁾

Gross reductions may include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category into a different category.

4.	INVESTMENTS

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $138,311) consisted of the following:


	December 31, 2016
Investment Type	Cost		Fair Value
1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	43,629	$	43,554
1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		23,544		23,520
2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt		126,076		126,430
Preferred Stock		2,496		2,500
Unsecured Debt		3,333		3,332
Warrants		104		100

Total Investments	$	199,182	$	199,436

As of December 31, 2016, the industry composition of the Company’s portfolio at fair value was as follows:


Industry	December 31, 2016
Diversified Financial Services		19.7	%
Insurance		13.8
Software		12.5
Food Products		12.3
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		11.8
Construction & Engineering		9.8
Health Care Technology		7.6
Chemicals		7.4
Containers & Packaging		5.1

Total		100.0	%

As of December 31, 2016, the geographic composition of the Company’s portfolio at fair value was as follows:


Geographic	December 31, 2016
United States		100.0	%

Total		100.0	%

5.	FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price).

The fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Basis of Fair Value Measurement

Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical instruments as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities and derivatives, listed in active markets.

Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments in this category include less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on observable inputs.

Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Financial instruments that are included in this category include investments in privately held entities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Note 2 “Significant Accounting Policies” should be read in conjunction with the information outlined below.

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used in determining the fair value of Level 2 Instruments.

Level 2 Instruments

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

Equity and Fixed Income

The types of instruments that trade in markets that are not considered to be active but are valued based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency include commercial paper, most government agency obligations, most corporate debt securities, certain mortgage-backed securities, certain bank loans, less liquid publicly listed equities, certain state and municipal obligations, certain money market instruments and certain loan commitments.

Valuations of Level 2 Equity and Fixed Income instruments can be verified to quoted prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g. indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used in determining the fair value of Level 3 Instruments.


Level 3 Instruments		Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
Bank Loans, Corporate Debt, and Other Debt Obligations		Valuations are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques, for which the significant inputs are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market yields and recovery assumptions. The significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to credit default swaps that reference the same underlying credit risk and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotes are available. Other valuation methodologies are used as appropriate including market comparables, transactions in similar instruments and recovery/liquidation analysis.
Equity		Recent third-party investments or pending transactions are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate and available: • Transactions in similar instruments; • Discounted cash flow techniques; • Third party appraisals; and • Industry multiples and public comparables. Evidence includes recent or pending reorganizations (for example, merger proposals, tender offers and debt restructurings) and significant changes in financial metrics, including: • Current financial performance as compared to projected performance; • Capitalization rates and multiples; and • Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets.

The table below presents the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of instrument, but they do not represent a range of values for any one instrument. For example, the lowest yield in 1st Lien/Senior Secured is appropriate for valuing that specific debt investment, but may not be appropriate for valuing any other debt investments in this asset class. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities.


Level 3 Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of December 31, 2016¹	Significant Unobservable Inputs by Valuation Techniques²	Range³of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average⁴) as of December 31, 2016
Bank Loans, Corporate Debt, and Other Debt Obligations	1st Lien/Senior Secured	Discounted cash flows:
	$33,320	• Discount Rate	9.9% – 11.9%(11.1%)
	1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche	Discounted cash flows:
	$23,520	• Discount Rate	6.8% – 10.9%(11.2%)
	2nd Lien/Senior Secured	Discounted cash flows:
	$83,840	• Discount Rate	11.7% – 11.9%(11.8%)
Equity	Preferred Stock	Discounted cash flows:
	$1,000	• Discount Rate	7.3% – 10.0%(13.9%)

		Comparable multiples:
		• EV/EBITDA⁵	9.4x – 14.7x(10.0x)

Included within Level 3 Assets of $199,436 is an amount of $57,756 for which the Investment Adviser did not develop the unobservable inputs (examples include single source broker quotations, third party pricing, and prior transactions).

The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparable and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the Level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

The range for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the relevant market data considered in determining the fair value of the investment.

⁴

Weighted average for an asset category consisting of multiple investments is calculated by weighting the significant unobservable input by the relative fair value of the investment. Weighted average for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the investment.

⁵

Enterprise value of portfolio company as a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

As noted above, the income and market approaches were used in the determination of fair value of certain Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2016. The significant unobservable inputs used in the income approach are the discount rate or market yield used to discount the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the underlying investment, which include both future principal and interest payments. An increase in the discount rate or market yield would result in a decrease in the fair value. Included in the consideration and selection of discount rates is risk of default, rating of the investment, call provisions and comparable company investments. The significant unobservable inputs used in the market approach are based on market comparable transactions and market multiples of publicly traded comparable companies. Increases or decreases in market multiples would result in an increase or decrease, respectively, in the fair value.

The following is a summary of the Company’s assets categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016:


Assets	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	–	$	–	$	43,554	$	43,554
1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		–		–		23,520		23,520
2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt		–		–		126,430		126,430
Unsecured Debt		–		–		3,332		3,332
Preferred Stock		–		–		2,500		2,500
Warrants		–		–		100		100
Affiliated Money Market Fund		138,311		–		–		138,311

Total assets	$	138,311	$	–	$	199,436	$	337,747

The following is a reconciliation of Level 3 assets for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Level 3	Beginning Balance as of June 9, 2016 (inception)		Purchases⁽¹⁾		Net Realized Gain (Loss)		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)⁽²⁾			Sales and Settlements⁽¹⁾		Net Amortization of Premium/ Discount		Transfers In		Transfers Out		Ending Balance as of December 31, 2016
1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt	$	–	$	43,554	$	–	$	(75	)	$	–	$	75	$	–	$	–	$	43,554
1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche		–		23,520		–		(24	)		–		24		–		–		23,520
2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt		–		126,005		–		354			–		71		–		–		126,430
Unsecured Debt		–		3,332		–		(1	)		–		1		–		–		3,332
Preferred Stock		–		2,496		–		4			–		–		–		–		2,500
Warrants		–		104		–		(4	)		–		–		–		–		100

Total assets	$	–	$	199,011	$	–	$	254		$	–	$	171	$	–	$	–	$	199,436

⁽¹⁾

Purchases may include PIK securities received in corporate actions and restructurings. Sales and Settlements may include securities delivered in corporate actions and restructuring of investments.

⁽²⁾

Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2016 totaled $254, consisting of the following: 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt $(75), 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche $(24), 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt $354, Unsecured Debt $(1) Preferred Stock $4 and Warrants $(4).

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur.

Debt Not Carried at Fair Value

The fair value of the Company’s debt, which would have been categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016, approximates its carrying value.

DEBT

In accordance with the Investment Company Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s outstanding borrowings were $130,000 and the Company’s asset coverage ratio was 2.61 to 1.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility on July 18, 2016 with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), lead arranger, letter of credit issuer and lender. The maximum principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility is $250,000 of which $130,000 was drawn as of December 31, 2016, subject to availability under the “Borrowing Base.” The Borrowing Base is calculated based on the unfunded capital commitments of the investors meeting various eligibility requirements (subject to investor concentration limits) multiplied by specified advance rates. The Company has the ability to increase the maximum principal amount of the Revolving Credit Facility up to $750 million, subject to increasing commitments of existing lenders and/or obtaining commitments of new lenders and certain other conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on July 17, 2018, subject to extension with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the extending lenders, and certain other conditions.

Interest rates on obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are based on either (i) the prevailing London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for one, two, three or six months plus 2.25% per annum or (ii) an alternate base rate (the greater of the prime rate of such commercial bank, the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, and LIBOR plus 1.00%) plus 1.25% per annum. The Company has the ability to elect either LIBOR or the alternative base rate at the time of draw-down, and loans may be converted from one rate to another at any time, subject to certain conditions. The Company pays a fee of 0.25% per annum on committed but undrawn amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears.

Amounts drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, subject to applicable breakage costs. Loans are subject to mandatory prepayment for amounts exceeding the Borrowing Base or the lenders’ aggregate commitment and to the extent required to comply with the Investment Company Act, as applied to BDCs. Transfers of interests in the Company’s common Units by investors are subject to certain restrictions and may trigger mandatory prepayment obligations.

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a perfected first priority security interest in the unfunded capital commitments of the Company’s investors (with certain exceptions) and the proceeds thereof, including assignment of the right to make capital calls, receive and apply capital contributions, and enforce remedies and claims related thereto, and a pledge of the collateral account into which capital call proceeds are deposited. Additionally, under the Revolving Credit Facility, the lenders can directly require investors to fund their capital commitments, but lenders cannot seek recourse against a unitholder in excess of such unitholder’s obligation to contribute capital to the Company.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties, and affirmative and negative covenants, including without limitation, treatment as a RIC under the Code and as a BDC under the Investment Company Act and restrictions on certain operations, including without limitation certain distributions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes customary conditions precedent to draw-down of loans and customary events of default. The Company is in compliance with these covenants.

Costs of $1,751 were incurred in connection with obtaining the Revolving Credit Facility, which have been recorded as deferred financing costs on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and are being amortized over the life of the Revolving Credit Facility using the straight-line method.

The summary information of the Revolving Credit Facility for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 is as follows:


	For The Period From June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Borrowing Interest Expense	$	207
Facility fees		273
Amortization of financing costs		400

Total	$	880

Weighted average interest rate		3.07%
Average outstanding balance*	$	14,772

*	Average outstanding debt balance was calculated beginning on July 18, 2016, the date in which the Company entered into the Revolving Credit Facility.

7.	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Capital Commitments

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had aggregate capital commitments and undrawn capital commitments from investors as follows:


	December 31, 2016
	Capital Commitments		Unfunded Capital Commitments		% of Capital Commitments Funded
Common Units	$	1,001,880	$	791,485		21	%

Portfolio Company Commitments

The Company may enter into commitments to fund investments. As of December 31, 2016, the Company reasonably believed that its liquid assets would provide adequate financial resources to satisfy all of its unfunded commitments. The Company had the following unfunded commitments by investment types as of the dates indicated:


	December 31, 2016
	Commitment Expiration Date⁽¹⁾		Unfunded Commitment⁽²⁾		Fair Value⁽³⁾
1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt
Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.		04/12/2018	$	8,640	$	(173	)
Clinical Supplies Management Holdings, Inc.		10/12/2021		2,000		(40	)

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt				10,640		(213	)

Total			$	10,640	$	(213)

⁽¹⁾

Commitments are generally subject to borrowers meeting certain criteria such as compliance with covenants and certain operational metrics. These amounts may remain outstanding until the commitment period of an applicable loan expires, which may be shorter than its maturity.

⁽²⁾

Net of capitalized fees, expenses, and OIDs.

⁽³⁾

A negative fair value was reflected as investments, at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that provide a variety of general indemnifications. Any exposure of the Company under these arrangements could involve future claims that may be made against the Company. Currently, no such claims exist or are expected to arise and, accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

8.	MEMBERS’ CAPITAL

Capital Drawdowns

The following table summarizes the total common Units issued and proceeds received related to capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the Subscription Agreements for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Unit Issue Date	Units Issued		Proceeds Received
July 14,2016		310,360		$ 31,036
July 15, 2016		4,000		400
August 23, 2016		160,219		15,718
September 15, 2016		1,206,924		117,885
November 28, 2016		461,475		45,356

Total capital drawdowns		2,142,978		$ 210,395

Distributions

The following table reflects the distributions declared on the Company’s common Units for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Amount Per Unit
December 7, 2016	December 29, 2016	January 18, 2017	$ 1.40

9.	EARNINGS PER UNIT

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per unit for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016:


	For The Period From June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per unit—increase in members’ capital resulting from operations	$	2,044
Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per unit—the weighted average Units outstanding		1,071,739
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit	$	1.91

Diluted earnings per unit equal basic earnings per unit because there were no unit equivalents outstanding during the period presented.

10. TAX INFORMATION

The tax character of distributions for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, were as follows:


	Period Ended December 31, 2016
Distributions paid from:
Ordinary Income	$	2,998
Net Long-Term Capital Gains	$	–

Total Taxable Distributions	$	2,998

As of December 31, 2016, the components of Accumulated Earnings (Losses) on a tax basis were as follows:


	December 31, 2016
Undistributed Ordinary Income—net	$	—
Undistributed Long-Term Capital Gains	$	—

Total Undistributed Earnings	$	—

Timing Differences	$	(334	)
Unrealized Earnings (Losses)—net	$	254

Total Accumulated Earnings (Losses)—net	$	(80	)

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s aggregate unrealized appreciation and depreciation on investments based on cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:


	December 31, 2016
Tax cost	$	337,493
Gross unrealized appreciation	$	402
Gross unrealized depreciation	$	(148	)

Net unrealized investment appreciation on investments	$	254

In order to present certain components of the Company’s capital accounts on a tax-basis, certain reclassifications have been recorded to the Company’s accounts. These reclassifications have no impact on the net asset value of the Company and result primarily from certain non-deductible expenses.


	December 31, 2016
Common Units	$	(874	)
Accumulated undistributed net investment income	$	874
Accumulated net realized gain (loss)	$	—

ASC 740 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax position. ASC 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. Based on its analysis of its tax position for all open tax years (the current year, as applicable), the Company has concluded that it does not have any uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC 740. Such open tax year remains subject to examination and adjustment by tax authorities.

11.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Below is the schedule of financial highlights of the Company:


	For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016
Per Unit Data⁽¹⁾
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	100.00
Net investment income (loss)		1.67
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(2.54	)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		(0.87	)
Distributions declared from net investment income⁽²⁾		(1.40	)

Total increase (decrease) in net assets		(2.27	)

NAV, end of year/period	$	97.73

Units outstanding, end of period		2,142,978
Weighted average units outstanding		1,071,739
Total return based on NAV⁽³⁾		(0.87)%

Ratio/Supplemental Data (all amounts in thousands except ratios):
Members’ Capital, end of period	$	209,441
Ratio of net expenses to average Members’ Capital⁽⁴⁾		6.04%
Ratio of expenses (without interest and other debt expenses) to average Members’ Capital⁽⁴⁾		4.92%
Ratio of interest and other debt expenses to average Members’ Capital⁽⁵⁾		1.49%
Ratio of total expenses to average Members’ Capital⁽⁴⁾		6.41%
Ratio of net investment income to average Members’ Capital⁽⁴⁾		3.78%
Average debt outstanding⁽⁶⁾		14,772
Average debt per unit⁽⁷⁾		13.78
Portfolio turnover		–%

⁽¹⁾

The per unit data was derived by using the weighted average units outstanding during the period.

⁽²⁾

The per unit data for distributions declared reflects the actual amount of distributions declared per unit for the applicable period.

⁽³⁾

Total return based on NAV is calculated as the change in NAV per unit during the period plus dividends declared per unit, divided by the beginning NAV per unit.

⁽⁴⁾

Annualized except for certain operating expenses.

⁽⁵⁾

Annualized.

⁽⁶⁾

Average outstanding debt balance was calculated beginning on July 18, 2016, the date in which the Company entered into the Revolving Credit Facility.

⁽⁷⁾

Average debt per unit is calculated as average debt outstanding divided by the weighted average units outstanding during the period.

12.

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following are the quarterly results of operations for each quarter during the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016. The following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.


	December 31, 2016		September 30, 2016			For the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to June 30, 2016
Investment income	$	4,577	$	1,216		$	–
Expenses:
Total expenses		2,191		1,865			338
Less: Management fees waiver		–		(391	)		–

Net expenses		2,191		1,474			338

Net investment income (loss)		2,386		(258	)		(338	)

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		242		12			–

Net increase (decrease) in members’ capital resulting from operations	$	2,628	$	(246	)	$	(338	)

Net investment income (loss) per unit (basic and diluted)	$	1.29	$	(0.47	)	$	(338,063	)

Earnings (loss) per unit (basic and diluted)	$	1.42	$	(0.45	)	$	(338,063	)

The weighted average Units outstanding		1,852,048		547,715			1

The sum of quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for the year ended December 31, 2016. This is due to changes in the number of weighted average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

13.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events after the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition date have been evaluated through the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Other than the items discussed below, the Company has concluded that there is no impact requiring adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

On January 13, 2017, the Company entered into subscription agreements with investors providing additional capital commitments of $59,750. When combined with capital commitments made to the Company as of December 31, 2016, total capital commitments were $1,061,630.

On February 22, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a distribution equal to the Company’s net investment income per Unit (if positive) for the period January 1, 2017 through March 31, 2017, payable on or about April 17, 2017 to unitholders of record as of March 31, 2017.

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC—Tax Information (unaudited)

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC designates 97.74% of its distributions from net investment income and short-term gains as interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, respectively, pursuant to Section 871(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.

OTHER INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Effective from April 12, 2016 and solely for the purpose of marketing the Company in the United Kingdom (“UK”), the Investment Adviser identified itself as the alternative investment fund manager (“AIFM”) of the Company. As AIFM, the Investment Adviser is responsible for complying with the UK marketing rules implementing the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (Directive 2011/61/EU) (the “Directive”).

In accordance with these rules, the AIFM is required to make available an Annual Report for the financial year of the Company, containing certain disclosures as set out in Article 22 and 23 of the Directive. The disclosures set out below are included to satisfy these requirements as they have not been disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report.

I. Remuneration

The following disclosures are made in accordance with Article 107 of the EU Commission Delegated Regulation C (2012) 8370 in respect of the AIFM, which is part of the Group Inc. Group Inc.’s global remuneration philosophy, structure and process for setting remuneration generally applies to employees of the AIFM in the same manner as other employees globally. References to the “firm” and “we” throughout this disclosure include Group Inc. and the AIFM and any subsidiaries and affiliates.

a. Remuneration Program Philosophy

The remuneration philosophy and the objectives of the remuneration program for the firm, including the AIFM are reflected in Group Inc.’s Compensation principles as posted on the Goldman Sachs public website (http://www.goldmansachs.com/investor relations/corporate governance/corporate governance-documents/compensation-principles.pdf) which includes the following:

We pay for performance – this is an absolute requirement under our compensation program and inherent in our culture.

We structure compensation, especially at senior levels, to align with Group Inc.’s shareholders’ long-term interests.

We use compensation as an important tool to attract, retain and motivate talent.

We align total compensation with corporate performance over the period.

The AIFM’s remuneration program is intended to be flexible enough to allow responses to changes in market conditions, but grounded in a framework that maintains effective remuneration practices.

b. Remuneration Governance

Group, Inc.’s global process for setting variable remuneration (including the requirement to consider risk and compliance issues) applies to employees of the AIFM in the same way as to employees of other entities and in other regions and is subject to oversight by the senior management of the firm in the region.

c. Link Between Pay and Performance

Annual remuneration for employees is generally comprised of salary and variable remuneration. The AIFM’s remuneration practices provide for variable remuneration determinations to be made on a discretionary basis. Variable remuneration is based on multiple factors and is not set as a fixed percentage of revenue or by reference to any other formula. Firmwide performance is a key factor in determining variable remuneration.

d. Performance Measurement

Year-end variable remuneration is determined through a discretionary process that relies on certain qualitative and quantitative metrics against which we assess performance at year-end. We do not set specific goals, targets or other objectives for purposes of determining year-end variable remuneration nor do we set an initial remuneration pool that is adjusted for any such goals, targets or other objectives. Such metrics are not formulaic nor given any specific weight. In addition, employees are evaluated annually as part of the “360 degree” feedback process.

e. Risk Adjustment

Prudent risk management is a hallmark of both the firm’s and AIFM’s culture and sensitivity to risk and risk management are key elements in assessing employee performance, including as part of the “360 degree” feedback process noted above.

We take risk into account in setting the amount and form of variable remuneration for employees. We provide guidelines to assist compensation managers when applying discretion during the remuneration process to promote consistent consideration of the different risks presented. Further, to ensure the independence of control function employees, remuneration for those employees is not determined by individuals in revenue-producing positions but rather by the management of the relevant control function.

f. Structure of Remuneration

Fixed Remuneration

Variable Remuneration: For employees with total remuneration above a specific threshold, variable remuneration is generally paid in a combination of cash and equity-based remuneration. In general, the portion paid in the form of an equity-based award increases as variable remuneration increases and, for AIFM Remuneration Code Staff, is set to ensure compliance with Principle 5 (e) and (f) of the AIFM Remuneration Code.

g. Total Remuneration

Staff remuneration for the financial period ending December 31, 2016:


Total remuneration for the financial year ending 31 December 2016 paid by the AIFM to 40 staff in respect of the management of the assets of the Company		US$2,876,929, made up of: • US$852,431 fixed remuneration • US$2,024,498 variable remuneration
Which includes:
(a) Remuneration paid by the AIFM to senior management		US$1,177,407
(b) Remuneration paid by the AIFM to other staff members whose actions have a material impact on the risk profile of the Company		US$1,699,522

The remuneration figures above:

relate to the proportion of time spent by those staff on the management of the assets of the Company;

relate to the portion of the year for which the Company was subject to the Directive; and

do not include figures for those staff whose activities may impact the Company but who provide services through other affiliates of the AIFM.

II. Risk Management

The current risk profile of the Company and the risk management framework employed by the AIFM to manage those risks are outlined in the Partnership Agreement and private placement memorandum. The Investment Manager’s risk management function will seek to ensure that the risk profile disclosed to investors is consistent with applicable risk limits, monitor compliance with those risk limits, promptly notify the risk management component of the portfolio management team managing the portfolio of any inconsistency, or risk or inconsistency, between the risk profile and risk limits.

III. Material Changes

Article 22 of the Directive requires disclosure of any material changes in the information listed in Article 23 of the Directive.

In respect of the period ended December 31, 2016, there have been no material changes to the information listed in Article 23 of the Directive.

IV. Service Provider Not Previously Disclosed

Legal Counsel

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

1 New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

USA

100

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS

AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us that is required to be disclosed by us in the reports the Company file or submit under the Exchange Act. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. This annual report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

101

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors consists of six directors, five of whom are Independent Directors. “Independent Directors” are directors who (1) are not deemed to be “interested persons,” of the Company (as defined in the Investment Company Act), (2) meet the definition of “independent directors” under the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange and (3) meet the independence requirements of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The responsibilities of the Board of Directors include quarterly valuation of our assets, corporate governance activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and oversight of our investment activities.

The Board of Directors’ role in our management is one of oversight. Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by our Investment Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The Board of Directors reviews risk management processes at both regular and special Board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of our Investment Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the Board of Directors’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. The Board’s oversight function cannot, however, eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of the Investments. The Board of Directors also has primary responsibility for the valuation of our assets.

The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”), Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance Committee and Contract Review Committee. The scope of each committee’s responsibilities is discussed in greater detail below.

Ashok N. Bakhru, an Independent Director, serves as Chair (“Chair”) of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors believes that it is in the best interests of Unitholders for Mr. Bakhru to lead the Board of Directors because of his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background in the financial services industry, as described below. The Chair will generally act as a liaison between our management, officers and attorneys between meetings of the Board of Directors and preside over all executive sessions of the Independent Directors without management. The Board of Directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board of Directors also believes that its size creates an efficient corporate governance structure that provides opportunity for direct communication and interaction between management and the Board of Directors.

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

The current directors were appointed to their positions in April 2016, and each director will hold office until his or her death, resignation, removal or disqualification. In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted polices which provide that (a) no director shall hold office for more than 15 years and (b) a director shall retire as of December 31st of the calendar year in which he or she reaches his or her 74th birthday, unless a waiver of such requirement has been adopted by a majority of the other directors. These policies may be changed by the directors without a Unitholder vote. One director has been granted a waiver from the foregoing policies which permits him to serve until December 31, 2017.

102

Directors

Information regarding the initial members of the Board of Directors is as follows:


Name and Age⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	Term of Office	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Other Directorships

Independent Directors

Jaime Ardila (61)	Director since April 2016	Mr. Ardila is retired. He is Director, Accenture plc (2013– Present); and formerly held senior management positions with General Motors Company (an automobile manufacturer) (1984–1996 and 1998–2016), most recently as Executive Vice President, and President of General Motors’ South America region (2010–2016). Director—the Company and GS BDC.	Accenture plc (a management consulting services company); Ecopetrol (an integrated oil company)

Ashok N. Bakhru (74)	Director since April 2016	Mr. Bakhru is retired. He was formerly Chairman of the Board of Trustees, Goldman Sachs Trust II (2012–2016), Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund (2013–2016), Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund (2014–2016) and Goldman Sachs ETF Trust (2014–2016); Director, Apollo Investment Corporation (a BDC) (2008–2013); President, ABN Associates (a management and financial consulting firm) (1994–1996 and 1998–2012); Trustee, Scholarship America (1998–2005); Trustee, Institute for Higher Education Policy (2003– 2008); Director, Private Equity Investors–III and IV (1998–2007), and Equity-Linked Investors II (April 2002–2007). Chairman of the Board of Directors—the Company; GS BDC; Goldman Sachs Trust; and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.	None

Janet F. Clark (62)	Director since April 2016	Ms. Clark is retired. She is Director, Texas Instruments Incorporated (2015–Present) and Director, EOG Resources, Inc. (2014–Present); and was formerly Director, Dell, Inc. (a computer technology company) (2011–2013); Director, Exterran Holdings, Inc. (an oil and gas equipment and services company) (2007–2011); Director, Universal Compression Holdings, Inc. (predecessor to Exterran Holdings, Inc.) (2003–2007); and Executive Vice President (2007–2013) and Chief Financial Officer (2004–2013), Marathon Oil Corporation (an independent international energy company). Director—the Company and GS BDC.	EOG Resources, Inc. (an independent oil and gas company); and Texas Instruments Incorporated (a semiconductor manufacturer)

103


Name and Age⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	Term of Office	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Other Directorships

Ross J. Kari (58)	Director since April 2016	Mr. Kari is retired. Formerly, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) (2009–2013); and was a Member of the Board of Directors of KKR Financial Holdings, LLC (2007–2014). Director—the Company and GS BDC.	None

Ann B. Lane (62)	Director since April 2016	Ms. Lane is retired. Formerly, she was Director, Dealertrack Technologies, Inc. (an automotive software solutions and services company) (2007– 2015); and Managing Director, Co–Head of Syndicated & Leveraged Finance and Head of Loan Syndications Capital Markets, JPMorgan Chase & Co. (a financial services company) (2000–2005). Director—the Company and GS BDC.	None

Interested Director*

Katherine (“Kaysie”) Uniacke (56)	Director since April 2016	Chair of the Board—Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (2013–Present); Director—Goldman Sachs Funds, plc (2013–Present); Advisory Director—Goldman Sachs (2013–Present); Global Chief Operating Officer— GSAM (2007–2012); Partner, Goldman Sachs (2002–2012); and Managing Director— Goldman Sachs (1997–2002). Director—the Company; GS BDC and GS MMLC.	None

Ms. Uniacke is considered to be an “Interested Director” because she holds positions with Goldman Sachs and owns securities issued by Group Inc.. Ms. Uniacke holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

(1)

The Goldman Sachs Fund Complex includes certain other companies listed above for each respective Director. As of February 28, 2017, the Company, GS BDC, and GS MMLC, each consisted of one portfolio; Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 90 portfolios (89 of which offered shares to the public); and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 14 portfolios.

(2)	Each director may be contacted by writing the director, c/o Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

104

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:


Name	Age		Position(s)
Brendan McGovern		45	Chief Executive Officer and President
Jon Yoder		43	Chief Operating Officer
Jonathan Lamm		42	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Maya Teufel		44	Chief Compliance Officer
Salvatore Lentini		44	Executive Vice President
David Yu		35	Executive Vice President and Head of Research
Scott Turco		39	Executive Vice President

The address for each director and executive officer is c/o Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board until the next election of officers or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Biographical Information

Directors

Independent Directors:

Jaime Ardila. Mr. Ardila is retired. Mr. Ardila has served on the Board of Directors of the Company since April 2016. He also serves on the Board of Directors of GS BDC. Mr. Ardila is a member of the Board of Directors of Accenture plc, a management consulting services company, where he serves as a member of the Finance and Audit Committees, and as a member of the Board of Directors of Ecopetrol, an integrated oil company, where he serves as a member of the Business Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee. Previously, Mr. Ardila worked for 29 years at General Motors Company, an automobile manufacturer, where he held several senior management positions, most recently as Executive Vice President of the company and President of General Motors’ South America region. Mr. Ardila joined General Motors in 1984. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Ardila served as the managing director, Colombian Operations, of N M Rothschild & Sons Ltd, before rejoining General Motors in 1998. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Ardila is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Ashok N. Bakhru. Mr. Bakhru is retired. Mr. Bakhru has served on the Board of Directors of the Company since April 2016. He also serves as director/trustee and chairman of the Board of GS BDC, Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. Previously Mr. Bakhru served as a Director of Apollo Investment Corporation, a BDC, and as President of ABN Associates, a management and financial consulting firm, and was the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and Director of Coty Inc., a multinational cosmetics, fragrance and personal care company. In addition, Mr. Bakhru formerly held several senior management positions at Scott Paper Company, a major manufacturer of paper products, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bakhru also serves on the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council, the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute and the Board of Directors of the Mutual Fund Directors Forum. He also serves on the Advisory Board of BoardIQ, an investment publication. In addition, Mr. Bakhru has served as Director of Equity-Linked Investments II and Private Equity Investors III and IV, which are private equity partnerships based in New York City. Mr. Bakhru was also a Director of Arkwright Mutual Insurance Company. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Bakhru is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Janet F. Clark. Ms. Clark is retired. Ms. Clark has served on the Board of Directors of the Company since April 2016. She also serves on the Board of Directors of GS BDC. Ms. Clark currently serves as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee, and member of the Compensation, and Nominating and Governance Committees at EOG Resources, Inc., an independent oil and gas company, and as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Texas Instruments Incorporated, a semiconductor manufacturer. Ms. Clark was formerly a Director for Dell, Inc., a computer technology company, Exterran Holdings, Inc., an oil and gas equipment and services company, and Universal Compression Holdings, Inc., predecessor to Exterran Holdings, Inc. Previously, Ms. Clark served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Marathon Oil Corporation, an independent international energy company. Before joining Marathon Oil Corporation, Ms. Clark held several senior management positions with independent oil and gas exploration and production companies including Nuevo Energy Company and Santa Fe Energy Resources, among others, where she led different functional groups within each company, including finance, accounting, internal audit and investor relations. Ms. Clark also serves as a Director on the nonprofit boards of Houston Symphony Orchestra, Houston Public Media Foundation, NPR Foundation, Teach for America, Inc.—Houston Region and YES Prep Public Schools. Ms. Clark also serves on the Rice University—Jones Graduate School of Management Council of Overseers and is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas’ Business and Community Advisory Council. Based on the foregoing, Ms. Clark is experienced with accounting, financial and investment matters.

105

Ross J. Kari. Mr. Kari is retired. Mr. Kari has served on the Board of Directors of the Company since April 2016. He also serves on the Board of Directors of GS BDC. Previously, Mr. Kari was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), where he worked for four years. Previously, he held senior management positions at SAFECO Corporation, a personal insurance company, Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, and Wells Fargo & Company, where he began his career and worked for 19 years. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Kari is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Ann B. Lane. Ms. Lane is retired. Ms. Lane has served on the Board of Directors of the Company since April 2016. She also serves on the Board of Directors of GS BDC. She currently serves as Treasurer and as a member of the Board of Directors of Women In Need, a not-for-profit organization, where she chairs the Finance Committee and also serves on the Executive Committee. Ms. Lane was a Director of Dealertrack Technologies,Inc., an automotive software solutions and services company, from 2007 to 2015. Previously, she worked for five years at JPMorgan Chase & Co., a financial services company, as a Managing Director and Co-Head of Syndicated & Leveraged Finance and Head of Loan Syndications Capital Markets. Prior to joining JPMorgan Chase & Co., Ms. Lane held several senior management positions at Citigroup, Inc., a financial services company, where she worked for 18 years. Based on the foregoing, Ms. Lane is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Interested Directors:

Kaysie Uniacke. Ms. Uniacke is the chair of the board of Goldman Sachs Asset Management International, serves on the boards of the Goldman Sachs Luxembourg, Dublin family of funds, GS BDC and GS MMLC and is an advisory director to Group Inc. Previously, she was global chief operating officer of GSAM’s portfolio management business until 2012 and served on the Investment Management Division Client and Business Standards Committee. Prior to this, she was president of Goldman Sachs Trust, the GS mutual fund family, and was head of the Fiduciary Management business within Global Manager Strategies, responsible for business development and client service globally. Earlier in her career, Ms. Uniacke managed GSAM’s U.S. and Canadian Distribution groups. In that capacity, she was responsible for overseeing all North American institutional and third-party sales channels, marketing and client service functions, for which client assets exceeded $200 billion. Before that, Ms. Uniacke was head of GSAM’s Global Cash Services business, where she was responsible for overseeing the management of assets exceeding $100 billion. Ms. Uniacke worked at Goldman Sachs from 1983 to 2012 where she was named managing director in 1997 and partner in 2002. Ms. Uniacke serves on the board of Person-to-Person, a non-profit organization that supports the working poor in lower Fairfield County, CT. Based on the foregoing, Ms. Uniacke is experienced with financial and investment matters.

Executive Officers who are not Directors:

Brendan McGovern. Mr. McGovern has served as our chief executive officer and president since April 2016. Mr. McGovern heads GSAM’s Private Credit Group, is chief executive officer and president of GS BDC and GS MMLC and also serves as co-head and senior portfolio manager of the GSAM Credit Alternatives portfolio management team. He is also the Chair and a voting member of the Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. Mr. McGovern joined the firm in 2006. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. McGovern served as a managing director in the Global Investment Group at Amaranth Advisors, where he co-headed the fund’s private placement efforts for both debt and equity linked products in the United States. He is also on the board of directors for the Oxalosis and Hyperoxaluria Foundation.

Jon Yoder. Mr. Yoder has served as our chief operating officer since April 2016. Mr. Yoder is chief operating officer of GS BDC and GS MMLC and a member of GSAM’s Private Credit Group with a focus on sourcing, structuring and executing privately negotiated debt financings. He is also a voting member of the Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. Mr. Yoder joined the firm in 2005. Prior to joining the firm, he was a member of the mergers and acquisitions and private equity groups at Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP.

Jonathan Lamm. Mr. Lamm has served as our chief financial officer and treasurer since April 2016. Mr. Lamm is also chief financial officer and treasurer of GS BDC and GS MMLC and chief operating officer of the GSAM Credit Alternatives portfolio management team, responsible for the operations of the business, including business financials, infrastructure support, and IT project management, as well as the continuous improvement of the control environment. Mr. Lamm is secretary and a non-voting member of the Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. He joined the firm in 2002. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lamm worked in the securities audit practice at Deloitte & Touche, LLP.

106

Maya Teufel. Ms. Teufel was appointed as the Company’s chief compliance officer in December 2016. Ms. Teufel is currently the chief compliance officer of GS BDC, GS MMLC and Goldman Sachs Trust II. Prior to joining GSAM in September 2016, she was, from November 2013 to August 2016, the General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Emerging Global Advisors, LLC (currently part of Ameriprise Financial). While at Emerging Global Advisors, Ms. Teufel also held the position of fund chief compliance officer from October 2015 to August 2016. Prior to joining Emerging Global Advisors, she was, from July 2005 to November 2013, Vice President, Corporate Counsel at Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial Inc., an insurance and financial services company. Prior to Prudential, Ms. Teufel was an associate in the mergers and acquisitions groups of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP and Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.

Salvatore Lentini. Mr. Lentini has served as an executive vice president of the Company since April 2016. Mr. Lentini is executive vice president of GS BDC and GS MMLC and co-head and senior portfolio manager of the GSAM Credit Alternatives portfolio management team and also serves as its head of liquid credit and trading. Mr. Lentini is also a voting member of Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. Mr. Lentini joined the firm in 2006. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lentini was a managing director in the Global Investments Group at Amaranth Advisors, where he was responsible for trading all credit products within the United States. Before joining Amaranth, he was responsible for trading high yield and crossover debt at the Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS). Earlier, Mr. Lentini traded high yield fixed income for PaineWebber.

David Yu. Mr. Yu has served as an executive vice president and Head of Research of the Company since April 2016. Mr. Yu is executive vice president of GS BDC and GS MMLC and a member of the GSAM Private Credit Group with a focus on sourcing, structuring and executing privately negotiated debt financings and serves as its Head of Research. Mr. Yu is a voting member of the Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. Mr. Yu joined the firm in 2006. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Yu was an associate in the Global Investments Group at Amaranth Advisors, where he similarly worked with public and private issuers to structure and execute debt and equity financings. Prior to joining Amaranth, he worked in the Leveraged Finance and Sponsor Coverage Group at CIBC World Markets.

Scott Turco. Mr. Turco has served as an executive vice president of the Company since April 2016. Mr. Turco is executive vice president of GS BDC and GS MMLC and a member of the GSAM Private Credit Group with a focus on sourcing, structuring and executing privately negotiated debt financings. He is also a voting member of the Private Credit Group’s Investment Committee, which is responsible for evaluating and approving all of the Company’s investments. Mr. Turco joined the firm in 2013. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Turco was a Director at THL Credit, Inc., where he focused on sourcing and underwriting investments across the capital structure of middle-market public and private companies. Before THL Credit, Mr. Turco was an associate at Gabelli & Company, Inc., where he was responsible for originating, researching and advising hedge fund, mutual fund and private equity clients on equity and preferred equity investments in public and private companies.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Ardila, Mr. Bakhru, Ms. Clark, Mr. Kari and Ms. Lane, each of whom is an Independent Director. Mr. Kari is Chair of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors and the Audit Committee have determined that Mr. Kari is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing matters relating to the appointment and activities of our auditors, audit plans and procedures, various accounting and financial reporting issues and changes in accounting policies, and reviewing the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by our independent public accountants. The Audit Committee is also responsible for aiding the Board of Directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available.

The Audit Committee held seven formal meetings in 2016.

Governance and Nominating Committee

The members of the Governance and Nominating Committee are Mr. Ardila, Mr. Bakhru, Ms. Clark, Mr. Kari and Ms. Lane, each of whom is an Independent Director. Mr. Bakhru serves as the Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for identifying, researching and nominating Independent Directors for selection by the Board (and election by the Preferred Unitholders, if applicable), when necessary, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors developing and recommending to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and our management.

107

All candidates nominated for an Independent Director position must meet applicable independence requirements and have the capacity to address financial and legal issues and exercise reasonable business judgment. The Governance and Nominating Committee considers a variety of criteria in evaluating candidates (including candidates nominated by a Unitholder), including (1) experience in business, financial or investment matters or in other fields of endeavor; (2) financial literacy and/or whether he or she is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K; (3) reputation; (4) ability to attend scheduled Board of Directors and committee meetings; (5) general availability to attend to Board of Directors business on short notice; (6) actual or potential business, family or other conflicts bearing on either the candidate’s independence or the business of the Company; (7) length of potential service; (8) commitment to the representation of the interests of the Company and the Unitholders; (9) commitment to maintaining and improving his or her skills and education; (10) experience in corporate governance and best business practices; and (11) the diversity that he or she would bring to the Board of Directors’ composition.

The Governance and Nominating Committee held three formal meetings in 2016.

Compliance Committee

The members of the Compliance Committee are Mr. Ardila, Mr. Bakhru, Ms. Clark, Mr. Kari and Ms. Lane, each of whom is an Independent Director. Mr. Bakhru serves as Chair of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee is responsible for overseeing our compliance processes, and insofar as they relate to services provided to the Company, the compliance processes of our Investment Adviser, the Placement Agents, the Administrator and the transfer agent, except that compliance processes relating to the accounting and financial reporting processes and certain related matters are overseen by the Audit Committee. In addition, the Compliance Committee provides assistance to the full Board of Directors with respect to compliance matters.

The Compliance Committee held four formal meetings in 2016.

Contract Review Committee

The members of the Contract Review Committee are Mr. Ardila, Mr. Bakhru, Ms. Clark, Mr. Kari and Ms. Lane, each of whom is an Independent Director. Mr. Bakhru serves as Chair of the Contract Review Committee. The Contract Review Committee is responsible for overseeing the processes of the Board of Directors for reviewing and monitoring performance under the Investment Advisory Agreement and our placement agency, transfer agency and certain other agreements with our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. The Contract Review Committee also provides appropriate assistance to the Board of Directors in connection with the Board of Directors’ approval, oversight and review of our other service providers, including its custodian/accounting agent, sub-transfer agents, professional (legal and accounting) firms and printing firms.

The Contract Review Committee had one formal meeting in 2016.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our directors and executive officers and any persons holding more than 10% of our Units are required to report their beneficial ownership and any changes therein to the SEC and to us. Specific due dates for those reports have been established, and we are required to report any failure to file such reports by those due dates. Based on our review of filings with the SEC and written representations furnished to us during 2016, the directors, executive officers and 10% beneficial owners filed all such reports within the specified time period.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Our Code of Ethics is discussed under “Business—Code of Ethics” and a copy of our Code of Ethics is attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which applies to, among others, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. We intend to disclose any material amendment to or waivers of required provisions of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on a current report on Form 8-K. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

108

Corporate Governance Guidelines and Director Charter

We have adopted a Corporate Governance Guidelines and Director Charter which applies to, among other things, the authority and duties of our directors, composition of our Board of Directors and the election and role of the Chairman of our Board of Directors.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our executive officers are currently compensated by us. We do not currently have any employees. Our day-to-day operations are managed by Investment Adviser.

Compensation of Directors

Each Independent Director is compensated with a $20,000 annual fee for his or her services as a director. In addition, the Chair earns an annual fee of $10,000 and the director designated as “audit committee financial expert” receives an additional $5,000 for their additional services in such capacities. The Independent Directors are also reimbursed for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings. We may also pay the incidental costs of a director to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the BDC industry.


	Total Compensation From the Company for Fiscal Year 2016⁽⁵⁾		Total Compensation From the Goldman Sachs Fund Complex for Fiscal Year 2016

Interested Director
Kaysie Uniacke⁽¹⁾		–		–

Independent Directors
Jaime Ardila	$	20,000	$	151,750
Ashok N. Bakhru⁽²⁾	$	30,000	$	923,750
Janet Clark	$	20,000	$	154,250
John P. Coblentz, Jr.⁽³⁾	$	25,000	$	393,750
Ross Kari	$	20,000	$	154,250
Ann B. Lane	$	20,000	$	151,750
Richard P. Strubel ⁽⁴⁾	$	20,000	$	353,750

⁽¹⁾

Kaysie Uniacke is an interested director and, as such, will not receive compensation from the Company or the Goldman Sachs Fund Complex for her service as director or trustee.

⁽²⁾

Includes compensation as Chair of the Board.

⁽³⁾

Includes compensation as audit committee financial expert. Mr. Coblentz retired from the Board on December 31, 2016.

⁽⁴⁾

Mr. Strubel retired from the Board on December 31, 2016.

⁽⁵⁾

The Company does not have a profit-sharing plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits from the Company.

No Compensation will be paid to directors who are “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2016, certain ownership information with respect to our Units for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, five percent or more of our outstanding Units and all executive officers and directors, on an individual and group basis. Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power over such Units.

109


Name and Address 5% Owners
Number of Units Owned	–		–		–
	Type of Ownership	Number of Units Owned		Percentage

Interested Director
Kaysie Uniacke	Direct		53		0.0	%

Independent Directors
Jaime Ardila	Direct		30		0.0	%
Ashok N. Bakhru	Direct		60		0.0	%
Janet Clark	Direct		107		0.0	%
Ross Kari	–		–		–
Ann B. Lane	–		–		–

Executive Officers
Brendan McGovern	–		–		–
Jon Yoder	Direct		30		0.0	%
Jonathan Lamm	–		–		–
Maya Teufel	–		–		–
Salvatore Lentini	Direct		53		0.0	%
David Yu	–		–		–
Scott Turco	–		–		–
All officers and directors as a group (13 persons)	Direct		333		0.0	%

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

(a)	Transactions with Related Persons; Review, Approval or Ratification of Transaction with Related Persons

Investment Management and Advisory Agreement

GSAM serves as our investment adviser. Our Investment Adviser has been registered as an investment adviser with the SEC since 1990 and is a subsidiary of Group Inc., a bank holding company. Goldman, Sachs & Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc., acts as our placement agent in connection with the offering of Units to U.S. persons and Goldman Sachs International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc., acts as our placement agent in connection with the offering of Units to non-U.S. persons.

Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, the Investment Adviser provides day-to-day advice regarding the Company’s portfolio transactions and is responsible for the Company’s business affairs and other administrative matters.

The Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and the Investment Adviser was approved by the Initial Member of the Company, and was approved by the Board of Directors at an in person meeting held in April 2016 and entered into prior to the Initial Drawdown Date.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid GSAM a total of $0.92 million in fees pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.

License Agreement

The Company has entered into the License Agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to which it has been granted a personal, non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free right and license to use the “Goldman Sachs” name. Under the License Agreement, the Company does not have the right to use the Goldman Sachs name if GSAM or another affiliate of Goldman Sachs is not the Company’s investment adviser or if the Company’s continued use of such license results in a violation of applicable law, results in a regulatory burden or has adverse regulatory consequences. Other than with respect to this limited license, the Company has no legal right to the “Goldman Sachs” name.

110

Co-Investment Opportunities

The Company may co-invest, on a concurrent basis with other funds managed by GSAM and its affiliates, but not if such co-investment is impermissible under existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations or GSAM’s allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments by us and other funds managed by GSAM and its affiliates may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS BDC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief.

Related Party Transaction Review Policy

The Audit Committee will conduct quarterly reviews of any potential related party transactions brought to its attention and, during these reviews, it will consider any conflicts of interest brought to its attention pursuant to the Company’s Code of Ethics. Each of the Company’s directors and executive officers is instructed and periodically reminded to inform GSAM Compliance of any potential related party transactions. In addition, each such director and executive officer completes a questionnaire on an annual basis designed to elicit information about any potential related party transactions.

Director Independence

For information regarding the independence of our directors, see “Item 10. Directors Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Audit Fees

The aggregate audit fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was $276,000.

Fees included in the audit fees category are those associated with the annual audits of financial statements, review of the financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and services that are normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-Related Fees

No audit-related fees were billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016

Audit-related fees are for any services rendered to the Company that are reasonably related to the performance of the audits or reviews of the Company’s consolidated financial statements (but not reported as audit fees above). These services include attestation services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

The aggregate audit-related fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to GSAM, and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, GSAM, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1,157,616. These amounts represent fees PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP billed to GSAM for services related to the SSAE 16 report.

Tax Fees

The aggregate fees billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for services rendered to the Company for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 was $7,500.

Fees included in the tax fees category comprise all services performed by professional staff in the independent registered public accountant’s tax division except those services related to the audits. This category comprises fees for tax compliance services provided in connection with the preparation and review of the Company’s tax returns.

111

No tax fees were billed by the Company’s independent registered public accountant to GSAM, and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, GSAM, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016.

All Other Fees

No fees were billed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for products and services provided to the Company, other than the services reported in “Audit Fees,” and “Tax Fees” above, for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016.

Other than services reported under “Audit-Related Fees,” no other fees were billed by the Company’s independent registered public accountant to GSAM, and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, GSAM, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016.

Aggregate Non-Audit Fees

No non-audit fees were billed to the Company’s investment adviser and service affiliates by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit services for the period from June 9, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016. This includes any non-audit services required to be pre-approved or non-audit services that did not require pre-approval since they did not directly relate to the Company’s operations or financial reporting.

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services Provided to the Company

The Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy (the “Policy”) adopted by the Audit Committee sets forth the procedures and the conditions pursuant to which services performed by an independent auditor for the Company may be pre-approved. Services may be pre-approved specifically by the Audit Committee as a whole or, in certain circumstances, by the Audit Committee Chairman or the person designated as the audit committee financial expert. In addition, subject to specified cost limitations, certain services may be pre-approved under the provisions of the Policy. The Policy provides that the Audit Committee will consider whether the services provided by an independent auditor are consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence. The Policy provides for periodic review and pre-approval by the Audit Committee of the services that may be provided by the independent auditor.

De Minimis Waiver. The pre-approval requirements of the Policy may be waived with respect to the provision of non-audit services that are permissible for an independent auditor to perform, provided (1) the aggregate amount of all such services provided constitutes no more than five percent of the total amount of revenues subject to pre-approval that was paid to the independent auditors during the fiscal year in which the services are provided; (2) such services were not recognized by the Company at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (3) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the Audit Committee or by one or more members of the Audit Committee to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the Audit Committee, pursuant to the pre-approval provisions of the Policy.

Pre-Approval of Non-Audit Services Provided to GSAM. The Policy provides that, in addition to requiring pre-approval of audit and non-audit services provided to the Company, the Audit Committee will pre-approve those non-audit services provided to the Company’s investment adviser (and entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with the investment adviser that provide ongoing services to the Company) where the engagement relates directly to the operations or financial reporting of the Company.

The Audit Committee has considered these fees and the nature of the services rendered, and has concluded that they are compatible with maintaining the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Audit Committee did not approve any of the audit-related, tax, or other non-audit fees described above pursuant to the “de minimis exceptions” set forth in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) and Rule 2-01(c)(7)(ii) of Regulation S-X. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP did not provide any audit-related services, tax services or other non-audit services to GSAM or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with GSAM that provides ongoing services to the Company that the Audit Committee was required to approve pursuant to Rule 2-01(c)(7)(ii) of Regulation S-X. The Audit Committee considered whether the provision of non-audit services rendered to GSAM and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with GSAM that provides ongoing services to the Company that were not pre-approved by the Audit Committee because the engagement did not relate directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Company is compatible with maintaining PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s independence.

112

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1)

Financial Statements—Financial statements are included in Item 8. See the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 74 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules—None. We have omitted financial statements schedules because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(3)

Exhibits—The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those incorporated by reference.

113

INDEX TO EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT NO.		EXHIBIT

3.1		Certificate of Formation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-55660), filed on July 13, 2016)

3.2		Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated November 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File no. 000-55660), filed on November 3, 2016).

10.1		Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2016, between the Company, as Borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger, Letter of Credit Issuer and a Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form 10 (file no. 000-55660), filed on September 2, 2016).

10.2		Administration Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-55660), filed on September 2, 2016).

10.3		License Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2016, between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-55660), filed on September 2, 2016).

10.4		Custodian Contract, dated as of May 31, 2016, between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-55660), filed on September 2, 2016).

10.5		Investment Management and Advisory Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2016, between the Company and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-55660), filed on July 13, 2016).

11.1		Computation of Per Unit Earnings (included in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this report).

14.1		Code of Ethics of the Registrant

14.2		Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

24.1		Power of attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

31.1		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32		Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

114

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brendan McGovern, Jonathan Lamm and Caroline Kraus, and each of them, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 28, 2017.


Signature		Title

/s/ Brendan McGovern Brendan McGovern		Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jonathan Lamm Jonathan Lamm		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Ashok N. Bakhru Ashok N. Bakhru		Chairman of the Board of Directors

/s/ Jaime Ardilia Jaime Ardilia		Director

/s/ Janet F. Clark Janet F. Clark		Director

/s/ Ann B. Lane Ann B. Lane		Director

/s/ Katherine Uniacke Katherine Uniacke		Director

/s/ Ross J. Kari Ross J. Kari		Director

115

Date: February 28, 2017

GOLDMAN SACHS PRIVATE MIDDLE MARKET CREDIT LLC

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name: Brendan McGovern

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President